Maria Duval - Money Might Make The World Go Round But It Can’t Buy You loyalty

Money Might Make The World Go Round But It Can’t Buy You loyalty
The love of money is, as every one knows, the root of all evil. What if . . . what if, there were a way . . . an avenue that could free you from the influence of sickness, poverty, unhappiness and even death itself? Wouldn’t you want to know about this miraculous cure? But wait, what if there were also some clearly set conditions you would have to follow because it involves laws that govern Life. You must learn and understand your connection to these laws and obey the conditions exactly as presented. Would you believe in the power it contained, take the time or make the effort to save yourself or a loved one from the menace of life. Maybe, just maybe, if you were sick enough, you would make an effort, if only you could bring yourself to believe. A world in trouble The world is in such turmoil people have forgotten who they are, they have become blinded and don’t realize they don’t have to go through suffering and pain. But wait, hasn’t suffering and pain become a way of life, an entertainment medium for many people? People thrive on it, they expect it, they watch reality shows on TV and marvel at the affects of it. They crave the rush that fear, blood and mayhem provides. People have become stricken by worldly pleasures, excitement and promises and no longer can see their own fate. Perhaps people have good intentions and the sight of evil is only amusement, but surely God has not unleashed some evil power just because he wishes man to be sick and suffer pain or to be miserable and end up in the grave. Surely God could not want man to be anything other than an expression of Himself. He created man in his own image and likeness which is nothing other than a perfect expression of Life. Awaits a miracle People are intelligent beings and as such shouldn’t have any difficulty in realizing that even God would not create an automatic robot, but rather a thinking, creative being for his own pleasure. Man has turned away from God and towards self, in doing so the world became contaminated and this explains the suffering of man as he journeys down the road to self-discovery. He must endure the consequences of the world order, not because he is required to, but because he must embrace the truth in his human experience. To awaken the Human experience? The human experience can be expressed through man’s capability to decipher and control his environment. Man also possesses realization of self or individuality which separates him from other species. Individuality includes a living soul, spirit, consciousness, interpreting right from wrong, freedom of choice, decision making, and the freedom and power to use God’s laws to create. Man was created in the image and likeness of God and God breathed life into man, making man a living soul. Mankind is as he is and it is hard to imagine God creating anything other than that which he did. We are not emotionless non thinking beings that responds to some one’s commands. We are authentic thinking beings that are free individuals who were created in God’s image. To Know their inner self Why didn’t God create man then force freedom on him? Of course, if freedom were forced than it would negate it’s own purpose. God can’t give freedom of choice than compel any action because it would be a counter diction of laws. It is becomes apparent when we realize freedom of choice means responsibility we are then decision makers. And as decision makers we are able to create as well as change our environment. Mankind must be free to create with limitless possibilities but he must discover that fact for himself. It is on that journey to limitless freedom that he discovers he has access to the Laws of life. The Laws of life There are two trains of thought on the Laws of life. One is that man invokes the law as he calls them into action. God has granted man the power to create and in doing so man formulates and establishes the law. The other thought is that man simply discovers laws that already exists. That all possibilities exist at all times. Either way, possibilities become realities through the actions of man, not God. God is the granter or provider, man is the initiator or partaker. In nature the clouds provide water for the ground to sprout seeds, it is much as the same relationship between God and man. There is always the possibility that man, in his ignorance, will breach the law and cause damaging circumstances. The penalty for violating the law is suffering its’ opposite consequence. Gamble life away If a man should place his entire worth on a losing horse then he indeed would suffer the consequences of despair and poverty. Man makes the decision to succeed or fail, not God or any other principality. It might be through his own ignorance or position he has placed himself in, but ultimately it is man’s own actions that cause failure. There is always someone somewhere willing to demonstrate insufficiently or poor choice making. Don’t blame it on God! God might have given you the shovel but he didn’t make you hit your friend in the head with it. God does not impose suffering upon mankind nor does he deny it. He allows man to impose his own experience upon himself. Man trends to generalize or label that which he doesn’t understand and in doing so blames God for his misfortune. Because man has freedom of choice he can also choose to place the blame for failure or suffering on someone or something other than himself. But we know, don’t we? We know from the depths of the soul comes a two fold self capable of good or evil. Happy Trails

Donald Yates, Author, Spiritual Adviser, Former Director of Leadership and Development Training for First Baptist Church of Crossville, and Business Development coordinator for Imperial Research , is now retired but continues to engage life through self discovery.

SAVE GAS!

Learn How To Run Your Car On WATER! - - - -

Be Stronger - Live Longer

– Click Here

Maria Duval - Meditations: Meditating Before Going To Bed

Meditations: Meditating Before Going To Bed
The world to me seems to be speeding up everyday. We are working longer hours, we are busier than we have ever been before, the traffic is snarling more and more and our stress levels are going through the roof. The consequence to this is that more and more people are suffering insomnia and this can become dangerous and affect your ability to function effectively. One of the best tools to help you with both insomnia and stress is meditation and in particular, meditating before going to bed. I want to make a clear disclaimer at this point, if you are suffering severe insomnia or stress, please ensure that you get medical help because long term stress and insomnia can cause serious medical issues. However, I would encourage you to use Meditation in conjunction with the therapies a medical practitioner might prescribe as effective meditation will help. One of the core mistakes that people make with meditation and sleep is that they try to use meditation to actually go to sleep and this never works and in fact it can actually make it harder to get to sleep. The role of meditation before sleep is to slow your body and your mind down so that it gets to a point where it is easier for it to fall naturally asleep. There are many techniques that you can use to meditate including a seated meditation or a lying down meditation. I recommend people use the sitting method over the lying method because using the lying method so close to going to sleep you may tend to go to sleep rather than actually meditating. There is a clear difference between sleep and meditation. The core difference is that during meditation your mind needs to be clear but focused where as during sleep, you do not want to be focused you want nothing to be focused in your mind and you want your body and mind to get to that point where you shutdown. What I recommend is that if you are going to meditate prior to going to sleep then you need to use a basic meditation plan. The plan goes like this … 1. Your meditation session should take no more than 20 minutes 2. Your meditation session should start 40 minutes prior to going to bed 3. Your meditation technique during the session should use either the deep breathing Technique or basic number counting. 4. Do not drink alcohol, coffee, tea or any other caffeinated drink prior to sleep or you will affect the effectiveness of the meditation session. Two meditation techniques you should avoid 60 minutes prior to going to bed is the reflective meditation technique or the affirmation meditation technique. I have found from my own experience that if you use these techniques so close to going to bed you can start your mind focusing on either the affirmations or reflections post your meditation session. This means with only 20 minutes between when you finish your session and when you go to sleep, sometimes you will find that your thoughts continue on after the session and consequently can disrupt your sleep which is what you actually trying to avoid. One of the reasons I have recommended that you do not meditate and then goto bed, is that sometimes I find that the meditation will bring out various chemicals and stir up feelings in your body which could disrupt your ability to sleep and be leaving the period of 20 minutes between meditating and sleep free is enough to settle you down to get a good nights sleep. I should note that my colleagues and I use this technique because our jobs are often highly stressful and using this process at night after a heavy day so that we can get a quality nights sleep. When used effectively, meditation can make a huge difference in the effectiveness of your sleep and the quality of your life. However, meditation is like a sport, the more practice you do, the more effective you become.

If you are looking for quality meditation music to help you with your meditation sessions then simply check out our website. Asthma is a terrible disease and using meditation with the Buteyko Breathing Method can help in treating your disease. If you want to learn the 13 secrets of how millionaires get and stay rich then I recommend reading - Think and Grow Rich

Metaphysical Reflections
Nature holds bountiful undiscovered-as-yet secrets for humanity. Normally, we seek to unveil them through scientific means--through our laboratory equipment, processes and methodologies; however, the conventional, material methods of probing into Nature's treasure storehouse may only take us to a certain point beyond which it is difficult for three-dimensional instruments to record, and the physical senses and mind to follow and apprehend. And yet, humanity unconsciously feel that it is possible to wrest from benign Nature her many hidden arcana or esoteric laws and principles. Could it be that we are investigating the more subtle aspects of Nature through the wrong approach, through the wrong channels and processes? Could it be that we are being misled by our senses in regards to our perception and conception of time, space, and matter and that paradigm shifts from the old Corpernican, Newtonian and Einsteinian models are required in order to break through scientific humps? There are many brave scientists who are working out this problem to the ridicule of their more orthodox colleagues.

In order for Man and the Universe to be understood as well as all the phenomena that occurs therein, it is necessary to consider the so-called "abstract" and "occult" principles that was once in the domain of Religion and Philosophy--and this should be conducted in a scientific, systematic, rational and metaphysical manner. If Science is to discover the Ultimate Truth, it must not neglect its investigations into the subtle realms. By claiming that these realms or soul-phenomena do not exist for they cannot be perceived by the objective senses or monitored by instruments is prejudicial and scientifically irrational, as there are many things such as electromagnetic energies, certain gases, cosmic rays, etc. that we are unable to directly perceive and was once undetectable by instruments. By restricting its probing and search for the Ultimate First Cause solely on the physical plane Science does itself an injustice, for life here and physical phenomena are simply a fragment of a whole. Our senses only perceive a limited range of phenomena in the energy-spectrum. Scientific devices may only extend our range of perception a little further and aid us to record a little bit more. What is beyond our perception vibrates in astronomical frequencies. What we are unable to detect physically may well exist beyond the range of our senses. The investigation of Nature's more subtle aspects is not beyond the line of reason or scientific analyses if several principles are taken into consideration :

1) The higher realities must be investigated through the higher faculties of the soul, through a higher consciousness or through an altered state of awareness.

2) That which is not perceived through the objective senses does not imply its non-existence, even to a psychic's failure of perception, for they may simply be "out-of-range."

3) That the diversity and inconsistency of recorded paranormal phenomena do not indicate its non-validity as it may well be that the nature of the higher worlds reflect the influential instability or fluctuations of the investigator's mind, thoughts, and feelings.

4) That the mind moulds reality, whether physical or non-physical out of the energies of its internal and ambient environment.

5) That Cosmic or natural laws with possible mathematical formulation apply in the subtle realms as they apply here in the physical.

6) That the linear time-space continuum may not apply in the higher dimensions as they do here.

7) That the mind is not the sole faculty of knowing.

8) That some metaphysical phenomena goes way beyond our earthly concepts and the apprehension of the mind and is difficult to explain using conventional language.

9) That metaphysical phenomena are repeatable even in controlled laboratory conditions should all the natural laws factors, and variables involved in the phenomena's manifestation be taken into account.

Science is aware that the physical world as we perceive it is an illusion and yet our senses delude us by informing us that it is real with the "power to affect us in some way." If this is considered to be a criterion of "reality" then the "imaginary" worlds too are real for they likewise affect us in some manner, as psychologists would undoubtedly concur. Of metaphysical interest, one vital question emerges: is the existence of these other so-called imaginary worlds, these other "realities," part of the "Gupta Vidya," or the secret teachings that spiritual preceptors sought to convey to humanity?

Gautama Buddha once referred to the amount of teachings that he revealed to the world by comparing them with the few leaves of a tree that he had clasped in his hand. The bountiful leaves that he pointed out, still clinging to the boughs of the tree constituted that which was yet undisclosed to humanity. Several centuries later, almost at the end of his exoteric ministry, the Master Jesus said to his disciples that he had further teachings to convey to them but they were unprepared as yet for their reception. Why? What were these advanced precepts? These secret doctrines, if ever existed, are unrecorded in the New Testament. They would have been verbal--oral teachings for the selected few. Are these oral teachings still in existence or are they "lost"? Are they perhaps preserved in the consciousness of the Magi, the wise men of every ancient culture? Are they carefully guarded in certain temples and underground vaults hidden from prying eyes? Are they so spiritually scientific in nature that men unprepared with the proper moral, intellectual, and rational basis were not able to fully grasp their principles and significance? It takes a great mind to know another; it also takes a great mind to understand the great principles and laws of Nature. In the early days of recorded history only the few had attained to the desired level of understanding and were prepared to develop the greatness necessary to grasp Nature's hidden laws and principles.

How does one attain greatness, how does one become great enough to apprehend the "higher" teachings that the spiritually enlightened have to offer? We have always been advised by spiritual teachers to walk with God; to tread the strait and narrow way or the ancient path; challenged to go where angels dread; or to go where no man (mortal) has gone before, and yet, most of us feel not up to the task. The one thing that prevents us from doing so is fear--fear that has been instilled in us by superstition, religious dogma, propaganda, and other false teachings.

What is the nature of these occult principles and doctrines that the spiritual teachers throughout the ages wished to convey to humanity but had to withhold for the lack of "preparation" on the part of man? Were these secret teachings eventually given out to select persons who subsequently became the spiritual pioneers and leaders, reformers, and prophets of future generations?

Life is a mystery, however, the more we partake of the higher spiritual consciousness the more we come to understand this "mystery of mysteries." This is the unveiling of the secrets of the Egyptian goddess Isis who declared truthfully that no mortal shall ever unveil her. Isis, as the personification of Nature, was right: no man has ever or will ever unveil her to behold her naked beauty. Only when the mortal mind--which is representative of man--is displaced in favor of the immortal God-mind will we ever come to be aware and understand All That Is, all that Isis, the Divine Mother represents. Is this concept strange? The Bible states that no man shall see God and live. Indeed, the spiritual Masters tell us that no man shall see God and live--as men. The perception of God entails embodying all that God is, all of His virtues, attributes, and consciousness. To truly understand a thing we must become that thing. This is the Law of Empathy or Identification. This is what separates saints and prophets from the Cosmic gods and men-made-perfect. Saints may lead a pure and holy life; but by separating themselves from their fellow men by secluding themselves and maintaining a consciousness of duality, they do not advance to a higher spiritual status. In order for their consciousness to be raised to a higher evolutionary level, it is necessary for them to transcend all dualistic opposites, illusions and errors in mortal thinking. This we personally call Divine thinking. How shall this transition from manhood to godhood be accomplished? Spiritual teachers have always been present on Earth to direct and help uplift humanity to a higher level of consciousness and awareness. Teachers but point the way. It is up to the aspirant or disciple to tread the Path that leads to enlightenment and illumination.

In every religion there is an oral tradition--secret doctrines given out to a few. These were called "esoteric teachings." The few were privileged to receive these wisdom teachings because their mental, spiritual capacity and level, and their morality far exceeded those of the average person and were spiritualized enough to comprehend and be receptive to abstract verities. The privileged few, having duly prepared themselves spiritually, had eliminated many of the egoistic tendencies that would have caused them to misuse and abuse sacred knowledge. These secret teachings empowers one. They give tremendous powers over the forces of Nature; this was the reason for the careful guardianship by the forces of Light over them. This is sometimes portrayed in classical myths as dragons protecting gemstones or other treasures in their lair. In esoteric teachings dragons often represent wise, enlightened men. In Hindu tradition, these men were the Nagas who lived in their caves of meditation and rock temples. They were called dragons or serpents for their innate energy coiled at the base of their spine, otherwise known as kundalini, was permanently raised and wed to its higher counterpart in the crown chakra. This counterpart is the dove, the Holy Ghost. The serpent is Shakti while the dove is Shiva. About two thousand years ago the Master Jesus admonished us to be as wise as the serpent and harmless as the dove. Esoterically, he was telling us to stimulate kundalini to ascend and the dove of love, purity and the Christ-Consciousness to descend. When kundalini meets her mate she must crown him with the jewel that she ought to carry with her. Those who are familiar with esoteric and occult concepts will understand what all of the above signifies. In ancient Egypt the pharaohs wore head-dresses or crowns with the serpent, the sacred "Uraeus" protruding from the area of the Ajna chakra, the etheric energy-center located between the eyebrows. In those days it was a prerequisite for candidates to ruler-ship to be spiritually enlightened before ascending the throne; the candidates had to undergo spiritual training that would prepare them for their exalted task; however, this practice was later neglected and it subsequently caused the degeneration and corruption not only of the Egyptian rulers but the priesthood as well.

In bygone days, sacred knowledge concerning Man, Nature, the Universe and God were taught in those institutions called the Mystery Schools. In these temples of knowledge and wisdom the candidates were initiated into the Ancient Wisdom that existed long before the foundation of this world. Before such occult teachings were taught the candidates had to undergo certain tests and trials to prove their worthiness. When these tests were successfully completed and certain trials overcome the candidates were initiated into the sacred Mysteries of Life. They were taught how to acquire the gnosis, or sacred knowledge through personal soul-experience. The control of the forces within man was also taught to the novices by the Kheri-Hebs, the hierophants, or Masters. These accomplished beings instructed the novices how the subtle body of man may be exteriorized to experience the higher dimensions. Many methods were used to accomplish this by the Wise Ones such as the careful use of certain hallucinogens, hypnosis, acoustics, concentration, mesmerism, meditation, etc. The King's chamber of the Great Pyramid was particularly used as a portal of initiation into higher worlds. The immortality of man and reincarnation were basic principles taught in the sacred teachings of the Mystery Schools.

In the early days of our unrecorded history, the creator gods, the Elohim, the Lords of Mind and the Lords of Flame, walked with man in everyday life and nurtured the divine spark within him. The Spiritual Elders gave teachings to their disciples and they eventually became the rulers of civilizations and the leaders of humanity. These enlightened rulers were the God-kings and Priest-kings still talked about by students of occultism. They inaugurated our fabled Golden Ages. What we would like to mention here in passing is that some of these spiritual beings are back in physical incarnation in our present era spreading metaphysical teachings and a higher spiritual pragmatic code of life.

The higher laws and operations of Nature may be investigated through the utilization of one's soul-faculties. These inner senses of the soul must first be awakened and unfolded to a certain degree of efficiency before they may be safely applied. Metaphysics teaches man the way to personal development, to spiritual advancement, and occult unfoldment. Metaphysics as a whole, is the modern repository of the ancient and ageless secret teachings. Its more sacred doctrines belong in the field of esotericism.

Copyright © 2006 Luxamore
Leonard Lee aka Luxamore
Metaphysical teacher, counseler, healer and merchant of occult/magickal items of Indonesia.
Magickal Items from Indonesia: talismans, mustika pearls, kerises, etc.
Magickal Bezoar Mustika Pearls from Indonesia.

Colors in Dreams and Their Meaning
Dreams in colour are rarer in comparison to others. The question of colour in dreams has been proved of absorbing interest; and there has been much research into the subject. We often claim to have dreamed in colour but when we are questioned we fail to clearly tell which colours we have dreamed in or what was the colour of a particular object or so. This, to some extent, is because of our tendency to forget our dream once we are awakened. Every colour possesses its own symbolism for everyone of us. Colours play an important psycho-physiological role in our daytime lives. Hereunder we are giving details in regard to the different colours we see in our dreams and their significance. Red: Lighter shades of red can be representative of excitement (especially sexually), passion, energy, and life. However, deeper or "weighed down" shades of red may be indicitive of anger and vengence. Notice how the stop sign is red; possibly a hint from your subconscious to cease and desist in a certain activity? Orange: Orange is considered to be a color of warmth, thoughtfulness, wisdom and sociability. Muddier shades of orange may be representative of pride or vanity, while golden orange denotes self-control. Yellow: A bright yellow color represents "sunniness," joy, optimism, and intuition and mental stimulation. Muddier shades of yellow may mean blocked intuition, betrayal, treachery, and faithlessness. This color may be used by your subsconscious to help ease you out of depression. Green: This is the color of nature. It is also the color of development and growth. Lighter shades of green tending towards blue represent healing. Darker, muddier shades of greens represent envy and greed, as well as a stubborn and/or self-opinionated attitude. This color is also representative of money. Blue: Blue is a cool, calming color, often used for relaxation and meditation. It is a very spiritual color, and is representative of truth, intellect, and justice. Muddy shades of blue may denote depression or moodiness. When this color appears in your dreams, it is probably a message from your subconscious telling you to relax and take things more slowly. Violet: Darker shades of violet may denote a person who feels misunderstood or has obstacles to overcome. It too is a spiritual color, and brighter shades help inspire and stimulate, especially in relation to dream activity. Black: Because this color is often regarded as the color of death, its appearance in our dreams may represent the death of old ideas or change. Another possible explanation is that it represents a hidden or rejected aspect of the dreamer. It is the color of mystery, the unconscious, and sometimes even protection. White: White is often regarded as the color of purity and truth. Seeing this in your dreams may be a message from your subconscious telling you to regard the truth of a certain situation. It is also the color of completeness and innocence.

The Writer Rose used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer online psychics, psychic phone, psychic and more. The Writer Rose used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer tarot card reading, dream interpretation, psychic phone and more. The Writer Rose used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer tarot reading, live psychic, psychic reading and more. The Writer Rose used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer online psychics, psychic readings, psychic advice and more. The Writer Rose used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer accurate psychic reading, psychics, tarot reading and more.

Guided Meditation vs UnGuided Meditation
The challenge new meditators have when learning meditation is whether to use a guided mediation or to use an unguided meditation. Our objective in this article is to look at both meditation types so that you can choose which meditation style will suit your requirements. Guided Meditation involves somebody guiding you through the meditation process. That is they literally talk you through the whole meditation process. There are some advantage and disadvantages to this technique. One of the reasons you may consider guided meditation is to help expand your understanding of the various meditation techniques. The Guided Meditation technique can be presented in a number of ways. You may do a guided meditation session in a small group with a meditation practitioner or you might do a guided meditation session using a meditation cd or meditation dvd. If you are first starting out, the Guided Meditation sessions is a good way to learn meditation as the meditation practitioner will talk you through the experience and to help you identify what you should be feeling and how to move you into the state that your meditation technique is trying to get you in. For example if your guided meditation session is teaching you how to master the deep-breath meditation technique then the practitioner will talk you through how to relax and release the tension within your body. They will also be able to tell you what you should be thinking and feeling. A good practitioner will also give you some exercises during the session to try at home that will help your experiment with the meditation technique. The obvious downside to guided meditation is that someone is actually talking to you during the meditation session. Sometimes what people will find is that it is difficult to get to that state we are trying to achieve when someone is talking during the session. Often what you will have to do is to follow a guided meditation session for a number of times till you can learn and remember the meditation process and then try it for yourself in an unguided meditation session on your own. Some meditation centres also offer unguided meditation sessions in a group. What this means is that the whole group meditates together but the session is done in silence with no-one speaking. Many group meditation sessions though will still use meditation music as the basis of the session. Some meditation classes in remote locations will undertake unguided sessions out in the natural surrounding and will use the sounds of nature as the tool to help bring the group to a point of relaxation. Once again though one of the key elements of these unguided sessions is that no-one is allowed to speak during the meditation period. The group leader will generally use a special sound to bring the group meditation session to an end. Most professional meditation practitioners will recommend that a person who is new to meditation take a guided meditation session so that they can learn how to achieve the state of mind the type of meditation they are trying. Learning to meditate is one of the most important tools any human can master and can help improve your day-to-day life and help you cope with your surroundings. Once you have undertaken a few guided meditation sessions you will certainly be able to pursue unguided meditation sessions on your own and the more practice you get the better you will be at meditation. It is also worth considering purchasing a few different guided meditation cd’s so that if in the future you are unsure of what to do during the meditation session, you can refer to the meditation cd as a reference.

Chris has Baroque Meditation Music available at - Meditation Music (Baroque Music) and a simple six step meditation program - Relaxation Techniques for Stress Management

Discover Your Genius Within
The functions of the right and left brain are only a small portion of the potential that comprises THE MIND. The mind and the brain are two very different things. You can think of the brain as the hard drive of the computer and the mind as the software. Your mind is the intelligence that is in every cell, every system and every organ of your body. It is that intangible, incredible, and awe-inspiring part of you that thinks, remembers, sorts information, makes judgments, forms habits, discerns, distinguishes, communicates and otherwise makes you who you are. It is the genius within. Your mind takes in all information through the five senses (sight, touch, hearing, smell and taste). You can liken the five senses to the keyboard on the computer. You receive input through your senses, your “data entry” system. Your brain then stores, categorizes and utilizes this information. A genius knows how to access that information and then apply it in discovering the solutions to any problems that may arise. It is therefore essential that you discover your own individual style for gathering and communicating information. Some of us process sensory input more effectively through visual means, others through auditory stimuli, and others through a kinesthetic (a touch or feel) approach. Here’s a very simple way to begin to contemplate which way your genius accesses information. Imagine for a moment that you are buying a new item of clothing for an important meeting. Would you be most influenced to buy primarily for a) the color and style of the outfit; b) the benefits the salesperson tells you about the clothing; c) the texture and feel of the fabric. If you chose “A”, your brain receives information primarily through visual means. If you chose “B”, you perceive information primarily through auditory means. If “C”, you most likely access information through kinesthetic means. Everyone learns and communicates in all three of these modes. However, most people have developed a natural preference, and tend to use one method more frequently. As an awakening genius, it’s your goal to become aware of your preference and then strive to strike a balance between all three modes: visual, auditory, and kinesthetic. Are you willing to stretch your abilities by consciously choosing to use your other senses more? Can you imagine the benefits of opening your mind to receive ALL the input from the world around you? Doing so will give you an awareness of an exciting world that’s been there all along, but which you may have been missing. It is natural for you to use what is comfortable, but the awakened genius is willing to grow. Like the turtle, you won't go far without coming out of your shell. You will be pleasantly surprised as you practice using and developing your other senses. You will notice how your memory improves and how easy it becomes for you to make choices. You will discover a whole new world of communication. Once you learn to create a balance in perception, you will be well on your way to thinking holographically �" and using the full power of your genius!

Dr. Patrick Porter is an entrepreneur, award-winning author, and motivational speaker. His electrifying keynote speeches and seminars deliver the real life, nuts ‘n bolts concepts he used to take his business venture to astounding heights. http://www.patrickkporter.com

Meditations: Meditating Sitting on a Chair
Meditation has been embraced by western society over the last few years with more and more people choosing to meditate to help them cope with day to day life. It amazes me that in a society in which each of us are wealthier than our grandparents that we are certainly no happier than the people during the depression. In fact I honestly believe we are more miserable than those who suffered the worst period in history. Meditation is an excellent tool to help you deal with challenging times. There are many different methods that you can use to meditate, you can sit on a floor, sit on the grass, lay on a bed or sit on a chair. Each method has its advantages and disadvantages so what we want to look focus on is the method of meditating in a chair and some of the elements of this meditation technique you need to be aware of. The Chair Meditation technique can be used literally anywhere. You can meditate on a chair at work, at home, if you are in a wheelchair or if you are sitting on plane going to that important business meeting. However there are a number of key elements to be aware of that will affect your comfort and your ability to effectively meditate on a chair. The first step in meditating in a chair is that you need to sit in it. Make sure that you have removed your shoes so that you can feel the floor and have a connection with your surroundings. You feet should be flat on the floor, if you can not touch the floor then find a chair in which you can. Whilst you are sitting in the chair make sure that you back are straight and comfortable. Do not tense your back during the session or keep it rigid because if you do you will find during your meditation that your back will get sore and will affect you ability to be able to maintain focus. The next step is too look at your hands. Place your palms onto each leg and place your palms upwards. If you are sitting in a confined space, like an airline seat put your open right hand on top of your left hand and put them into your lap. Now it is time to focus on your shoulders. They should be level and your elbows should be parallel with your legs if you have placed your hands on your knees. If you have put your hands into your lap then your elbows should be slightly away from your body. You mouth is another important aspect of your meditation in a chair. You need to ensure that your jaw is relaxed and that your tongue is resting on the back of the top row of your teeth. The last aspect you need to consider is your eyes. My personal preference when meditating is to close my eyes, but I know that some of my colleagues prefer to meditate in a chair with their eyes slightly open gazing towards the floor but maintaining focus. Now that you are sitting in the chair effectively, you can now begin your meditation session. A deep breath meditation technique is always a good way to start simply because your posture on the chair is more conducing to an open chest and makes breathing a little more easier. Look meditating on a chair can be just as effective as meditating on the floor. The most important thing to remember is to ensure you address the 7 areas of posture I discussed before. An effective posture ensures that the energy you emit during your meditation session will be able to flow freely and you will reduce the chance of a distraction. The bottom line is this, if you are using a chair to meditate you should be sitting in a manner that ensures you are comfortable and you are not going to be distracted but at the same time you do not want to be so comfortable that you fall asleep.

If you are looking for effective High Performance Meditation Music check out our website at - Meditation Music. Meditation can also be very useful in overcoming asthma - if you are looking for information on this terrible disease visit our website - Buteyko Breathing Method or if you would like the opportunity to read the book Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill on the 13 secrets to success then visit our website.

Why Metaphysics? Part 1
What is metaphysics, and why should we bother studying it? What benefits does it have for humanity? What is its purpose? How will its teachings help advance society? How will it assist our civilization and culture to progress? How will our lives be re-created individually and collectively with the application of metaphysical principles? Questions abound concerning metaphysics, for people intuitively feel that it may have something precious to offer in terms of facilitating personal growth and self-empowerment. Among those spiritually inclined, it has become a "prime directive" to understanding their lives in terms of metaphysical principles and concepts such as multi-dimensional realities, the Higher Self, love, karma, reincarnation, etheric energies, psychicism, oneness with all, cosmic beings, the ascension, etc., and some of the causes of this higher thinking and awareness is the thinning of the cosmic veil between dimensions; the increased contact with invisible forces; the influence of intense electromagnetic cosmic energies bombarding upon our planet and solar system at this time; the influx of higher spiritual beings incarnating in the physical realm; the discoveries of many ancient secrets left hidden in monumental structures and time capsules; scientific developments in hyper-space technologies, and shifts in its paradigms, etc.

All of these are occurring on a global scale, in every nation of this planet, and it is affecting every human being. So it would seem that humanity is awakening from its long sleep of forgetfulness and ignorance. The Tree of Life of immortality, enlightenment, and illumination will be found hidden in the seeds of the Tree of metaphysical knowledge--using the word "metaphysics" in its most spiritual, gnostic sense.

For thousands of years we have sought for truth, and most of the time from the wrong persons and in the wrong places--what we received were man-made opinions and beliefs which were forced upon our minds to be accepted as the "word of God," or the way that Nature had decreed, and that there is nothing that anyone can do to change it. While in our infancy, physically and spiritually speaking, we accepted everything told to us by organized religion, elders, and pedagogues as gospel and truth and we based our philosophy of life on the indoctrination imposed upon us and which subsequently formed our false sense of "conscience," and a poor understanding of spiritual values. This caused us great soulful sufferings and torment in succeeding years in our everyday life--an intense sense of shame, guilt, fear, and sin whenever we "violated" any so-called law of God formulated by theology; and it never occurred to us to question the systems, the mechanisms, and their origins that brought about our morbid condition. This naturally lowered our self-esteem. Conscience is not similar to the concept of the "still, small voice." The latter is the silent voice of the Spirit, whereas conscience in part, is simply the engrams or programs imprinted upon the subconscious mind. Conscience is also partially our memory of the negative consequences of our past actions impinging upon our conscious mind whenever we are about to act in a negative way resembling that of the past.

But to return from our digression: in past centuries we were told lies by false prophets and the ministers of religions that mediators between God and men were necessary; that theirs was the only way to God; that their race or sect were the chosen one of God; that everything that God would reveal to humanity lies in a single book; that God punishes us for sinning and perhaps in the afterlife casts us into hell; that illness, old-age, and death were a natural part of life; that one no longer receives any new revelation from God, etc. We were told to fear God, to see everything as separated from us, to believe that we were born in sin, that the sexual act is shameful, that we were simply mortals subjected to the whims of God for the determination of our fate, that we were inherently bad--and even more--that the world was flat! While at the same time heinous crimes against the Holy Human Spirit were being committed by those very same representatives of religions such as the crimes of persecution, torture, and murder of innocent human beings who simply were more spiritually and psychically inclined or conceived the universe from a different viewpoint--and all these atrocious acts were carried-out in the name of Religion, Love and God. The Crusades and the Inquisition are dark chapters in the history of man.

One of the points that we wish to put forth here is that since time began the dark, retrogressive forces have infiltrated or have tried infiltrating every institution that have sought to improve the condition of the soul, and the expression of the human spirit in our mundane lives. They have always opposed and attacked the true representatives of God and steered seekers of truth away from them. Their purpose is to stall human evolution and progression indefinitely, that human beings cringe and cower under their manipulative control, that humans be made into slaves and automatons answering to their every whim. They work openly and subtly, physically and psychically. They make us believe that we need them--their services and wares--and we are psychologically controlled to be dependent upon them and return to them again and again for their assistance--usually for a large fee or with some loss on our part. We will not be too specific here, we simply caution our readers to "be wary, be very, very wary!" Treading the spiritual metaphysical path will assist one to be more discerning as to the understanding of what is True and what is false, what is Real and what is illusory.

Generally speaking, a portion of humanity is now more experienced in the ways of men and the world than in bygone days, and they seek for that which will release them from all their mortal limitations and errors, from that Gorgon we call "the human ego," from concepts that bind one to personal illusions and glamour, and from that state of human mortality. Many of us are beginning to realize the existence of different dimensions and multifold realities. We seek ways for improving the human condition, for perfecting human expression, and the generation of a new type of Homo sapiens whose intelligence and heart matches those of the immortal gods.

Human beings are basically seekers. Some of us thirst for that which we know not what. The "curiosity instinct" impels every one of us to learn everything we can of our environment, of ourselves, of the universe, of Nature, and of God. What fascinates and intrigues us most are the phenomena caused by forces and powers that transcends the perceptual capacity of the physical senses and the apprehension of the human mind. Humanity is intensely interested in the Intelligence that shapes human destiny--whether this "Intelligence" be considered as a being, a force, a Universal Mind, an omnipresent energy, or a collective consciousness. People are seeking explanations to their "inexplicable" experiences in the field of psychicism and the paranormal. Such occurrences as coincidences or "synchronicity" also baffles the mind as it begs for enlightenment. Those of elderly years wonder what lies for them in the "after-life," as the youthful ones wonder of their place in this world. A questioning being is a thinking being and it denotes, whether consciously realized or not, as a desire to seek, to know, and to be aware of Truth. The curiosity instinct mentioned above could well be the primitive stirrings of the divine will of the highest aspect of Man seeking to be aware of Its essential nature. The teachings of the Ageless Wisdom as taught in metaphysical, esoteric, occult and arcane schools are filled with principles that would help us understand ourselves and our omniverse.

Humanity as a whole, is jaded and sickened by the constant wars and conflicts; with the materialistic and hedonistic life that do not offer any permanent peace and happiness or solutions to the various problems facing us as we approach a new millenium with its tremendous supernal and mundane challenges. Many seek for a more profound meaning in life, for they see through their mundane activities as a brittle illusory facade presenting itself as reality. We often ask "why am I here?" "why do I exist?" "where will I go from here?" Our present systems of religion, philosophy, and science offer no real solution, consolation, solace or comfort to our hearts and soul-search, instead they tend to mislead, confine, and circumscribe the soul and mind to a certain area of life; to a limited way of living and thinking; to a sense of separatism; to a dualistic judgmental attitude; to a sense of fear and helplessness; and to a state of external dependency--it especially confines man to a mortal sense of existence--and we say this not from a sense of judgment but from an observational standpoint.

Conversely, metaphysics as a repository of "New-Age" concepts, the Ageless Wisdom, divine energies, power-centers, and angelic and cosmic support, seek to liberate us from self-imposed limitations as it offers answers to questions that troubles the human soul. The soul loves freedom for freedom is ingrained in the soul. God gave man the liberty to choose, and this privilege should not be taken away from man by any being for it is a violation of the natural order of things.

Freedom may be considered as an instinct for it is to be found in animals as well. No creature enjoys being confined in a cage. Every creature love to be free and to express the genetic joy programmed in its DNA. Nature has granted all creatures their freedom of expression but some of us would impose our will upon Divine Will by creating cages of man-made laws and regulations that do not reflect the laws of Heaven. Man-made laws may easily be manipulated by the unscrupulous for their own heinous purposes. Crimes may be committed that are "lawful," that goes undisciplined in our courts of judgment. In the laws of our society, the innocents are often made to pay for the crimes of another. Where is the love (religion), and rationality (science), and justice (philosophy) in that?

We are writing intuitively here and our statements may be interpreted and applied in various ways. In fact, statements in our literary works may seem to lack any logical structure or sequence. They may appear to be non sequitur. Logic may appeal to the thinking mind, however it is more than conceptual reasoning that we have to develop. There are higher faculties of the soul that should be cultivated and made used of, such as intuition. The cliché "reading between the lines" may seem irrational to the scientific type and yet it is this particular mode of perception that has to be practiced as a spiritual stimulus to the Soul.

There are many scholarly definitions of metaphysics and they are all valid; however, for our purpose, without explaining metaphysics in an overly-academic way, let us say that metaphysics in its more modern connotation, deals with cosmic laws and principles, with unseen forces and powers influencing ourselves and the circumstances and conditions of our daily lives, and how we may take advantage of those laws and principles by re-directing them so as to improve our holistic lives for the better. Metaphysics teaches us how to harness and apply the cosmic power lying latent within us. In its most profound spiritual aspect metaphysics teaches us the nature of Reality and how we and Nature relate to it. Metaphysics instructs us how to harmonize ourselves with the Divine Plan of God, and it reveals the true purpose of life. Metaphysics, therefore, has a dual function: it helps us to improve our lives secularly now in this physical dimension, and it also prepares us for a glorious life in the higher cosmic realms. Actually, as seen from a spiritual perspective, life has no divisions: life is one, as it is continuous. There is no death only a constant change.

The application of certain metaphysical principles assists the acceleration of one's evolution and the quantum leap to a higher level of intelligence and spiritual awareness. We emphasize the word "application," for knowledge of principles or techniques alone is of no value. Knowledge of itself is not power, it is the application of knowledge that empowers one. Spiritually, it is not what we know or the psychic powers that we possess that counts, it is what we are. We know many people possessing a little knowledge or power feel themselves highly superior to their fellow men. This is arrogance and carries the seeds of peril. The saying that "a little knowledge is a dangerous thing" is literally and evidently true; we can well understand how insufficient knowledge and a disregard for life may result in catastrophes. It was the cause of destruction of previous high-tech civilizations, historically unrecorded, as it is the cause of our present social, political, and ecological unrest.

To understand the above concept of incomplete knowledge, consider for instance the knowledge that we have to construct nuclear weapons--how much do we really know of the impact that it will have upon us and the universe should we choose to detonate one? We may presently believe that the effects of a nuclear blast be localized causing the exploded area to be radioactive for centuries to come. This is an obvious effect, but what about the not-so-obvious rippling, chain-reaction that it would cause in the physical and not-physical universes to the very end of our galaxy?

Copyright © 2006 Luxamore

Leonard Lee aka Luxamore
Metaphysical teacher, counseler, healer and merchant of occult/magickal items of Indonesia.
Magickal Items from Indonesia: talismans, mustika pearls, kerises, etc.
Magickal Bezoar Mustika Pearls from Indonesia.

Ten Reasons to Meditate
Meditation is the practice of lowering one’s brain frequency from a waking Beta state to a slower Alpha state. Just as a heart beats a certain number of beats per minute, the brain pulses a certain amount of brainwaves per second. In the Beta waking state, brainwaves vary from 15 to 40 cycles per second. In the Alpha state, brainwaves vary from 9 to 14 cycles per second.

Beta is the normal state for waking thoughts and daily activities including talking, working, and shopping. Beta is the state most people are in when in a working mode. Alpha is the slower state where an individual can reflect, meditate or ponder thoughts.

The following are 10 key benefits to daily meditation:

• Oneness with God and creation

• Stress reduction and decreased anxiety

• Reduces the noise and chatter of our waking minds

• Pain reduction and management

• Supports the immune system

• Reduces blood pressure

• Improved memory and ability to learn

• Feelings of peace, calmness and an awareness of self

• Improves moodiness and irritability

• Feelings of rejuvenation

In his book Getting in the Gap, Dr Wayne Dyer discusses how daily meditation brings us into a closer, more personal relationship with God. By knowing God, our source of being, we can find true meaning for our lives. Dr. Dyer writes, “The paramount reason for making meditation a part of our daily life is to join forces with our sacred energy and regain the power of our Source (God). Through meditation, we can tap in to an abundance of creative energy that resides within us, and a more meaningful experience of life, which enriches us permanently. By meditating, we come to know God rather than knowing about God”.

This deeper, richer, calming experience has a profound effect on body, mind and spirit. Our minds become clearer; the noise and chatter in our minds fades away. In its place come feelings of peace, calmness and a sense of awareness. We feel lighter, younger and rejuvenated. Moods brighten and irritability is eliminated paving the way for clearer thoughts, improved memory, insightfulness and creativity.

The ability to relax and calm our minds has its physical benefits as well.

As our minds our soothed, physical pain and tension are reduced or eliminated. Chronic pain including severe headaches can be completely negated. Our circulatory, cardiovascular and immune systems operate more efficiently.

The benefits of meditation are vast. In a world of daily stress and anxiety, meditation paves the way for a healthy mind, body and spirit. For healthy living, practice meditation daily.

Sharon B. Gilbert, Ph.D. is an avid researcher and writer particularly interested in the areas of women’s health, meditation, metaphysics, organic foods and cooking, and natural health remedies. She is the author of a free weekly ezine on healthy living tips. For further information or to contact the author, please visit www.Healthylifestylesfortoday.com. Copyright 2006.

Meditations: Developing Your Weekly Meditation Plan
Meditating without a clear plan or purpose is like going on a safari trip with out a map. You will get lost very quickly and you will not achieve what you setout to achieve. A meditation plan should simply set out how you want to plan your meditation for the week and what you want to focus on during that week but be advised there are few elements you will want to consider. Meditation is a fantastic tool in helping you address issues within your life and the role of the meditation plan is to help you set down how you are going to plan your week of meditation, what meditation types you will use for the week to get the outcome you are looking for. For example, the majority of people simply use meditation for relaxation which is absolutely fine but if you want to overcome what is causing the stress then your meditation needs to address the root cause of the stress. Let us say that your stress is being caused by somebody who is being obnoxious and rude to you at work. The clear objective of your meditation must be for you to develop strategy on how to deal with this person because you cannot physically change the other person you can only work on yourself. The first thing that you must do is to read, that is go to the library and look up as many books as you can on "Dealing with Rude and Obnoxious people". Read the strategies that they recommend. Check out videos by professional psychologists or television professional like Dr Phil and watch what they recommend in dealing with this sort of person. Work out how you believe the best way is to deal with them and that is what you are going to meditate on. Now to develop your weekly meditation plan … We should always start off with our Weekly Meditation Plan on a Sunday. I also recommend meditating twice a day, 20 minutes in the morning and at least 20 minutes in the night, preferably 40 minutes. Our meditation plan runs from Sunday to Saturday. Your Sunday morning meditation session should simply be for the purpose of relaxing. The meditation session should include meditation techniques such as the Stillness Meditation Type, Deep-Breathing Meditation or Numbers Meditation. The session should take no more than 20 minutes and could include meditation music to help you with your meditation. Your Sunday afternoon meditation session is the start of your reflective meditation sessions on helping to deal with the person who is rude and obnoxious. The first 5 to 10 minutes should be spent on clearing your mind and working to get calm. The next ten minutes should encompass reflecting on the material you have read. You should also reflect in that time on how you have reacted to that person. Literally in your minds eye, look at yourself and the other person, look at how you deal with them, how you expect them to act, try and reflect on using the techniques you learned and how the other person reacted when you used those techniques. To finish off your Sunday afternoon meditation session spend five minutes relaxing before finishing your meditation session and clear your mind. Do not get caught into stressing out on what might happen in the following day. Expect the Sunday afternoon meditation session to last up to 40 minutes. If you find that you cannot meditate that long, then do not force yourself but do try to encapsulate all the material covered. During the week your morning meditation sessions are about preparing you for the day. The key issue here is to not work yourself up before you get to work. The morning meditation sessions should be 20 minutes in length and should focus primarily on stress relief and preparing for a calm day. Towards the end of the meditation session take a moment to simply reflect on the key points on how to handle a rude and obnoxious person, by simply bringing the key points to the front of your mind. This is simply a refresher session. Your afternoon sessions are going to be a very important wind down session from the day's challenges. This session will give you an opportunity to deal with anything that may have happened during the day. The first 5 to 10 minutes should be to focus on relieving any stress or anxiety that has built up during the day. Then once you have done that part of the meditation it is time to review the day. During your day, how did you cope, how did you deal with the person who is rude and obnoxious, did you over react, what caused you to over act and so forth. Then once you have identified those issues, reflective meditate on those issues for example, how you could have dealt with those issues better, what you would have preferred your reactions to be etc. To finish this part of the meditation off, simply reflect in your mind the bullet points on how you want to react and deal with this person in the future. Before completing this session each night make sure that you do five minutes of meditation on de-stressing and bringing the mind to focus. Friday nights is important nights for meditating as you need to use relaxation meditation that night so that the stress from the week before does not ruin your weekend. You will need to do a minimum of 40 minutes of meditation if you have had a difficult week. This whole time should be spent undertaking relaxation meditation. Saturday morning meditation sessions should be used to review the whole week and to reflect on how you have grown during the week. To review how you dealt with issues at the start of the week compared to the end of the week. Whether you actually moved forward and addressed some of the issues related to the person being rude. This is also a good time to look and decide if during your reflective meditation if there is any issues you need to research that may help you deal with this person. On Saturday evenings, I like to recommend to people to take time out from meditating and to go out and enjoy themselves. During the week you have grown and now its time to simply take a break. By developing a meditation plan like I outlined above, you are working towards the resolution of an issue and training your mind to deal with certain types of people more effectively. Meditation planning does not need to be hugely in depth, but having a clear plan on how to meditate will mean that your meditation sessions have more purpose and will help you in achieving the objective you wish. Whilst this meditation plan looked at dealing with an obnoxious person, it could be used to for any purpose you require.

If you are interested in reading the Think and Grow Rich book by Napoleon Hill and learning the thirteen secrets to success, it is available at our website as a PDF as well as an MP3 Audio version. The best type of Meditation Music is Baroque Music played at 60 beats per minute and this music is also available at our website.

Maria Duval - Your Energy Body

Your Energy Body
Your body is energy. Energy is absorbed through the air you breathe. It flows in your nervous system, like electricity flowing through wires, to all your extremities and vital organs. It flows in streams through channels of low resistance and high conductivity called chi, or ki. Your central nervous system conducts it like a bar magnet, with the positive charge on the top of the head and the negative charge at your tailbone. Arching fields of bio-magnetism flow out from the top of your head, encircle your body and come up again at the negative pole at your tailbone in what is called an “aura.”

Your thoughts are energy too, literally a movement of energy flowing through streams of neurons, or brain cells, in your head. Emotions are a combination of neurological discharges and secretions of brain chemicals whose discharges create the moods you feel. All your senses are picking up energy: Light is energy, sound is energy, taste and smell involve energy discharges in your brain as well. Movement is energy, gravity is a form of energy, every state perceived is something changing…energy; perception itself is energy.

Even the physical mass of your body is energy. Shrink your awareness down into the cellular level and you find the cells of your body are in constant communication with each other energetically; each cell receives and conducts energy. Shrink yourself down even further to the molecular level and you find systems of organizing intelligence conducting the energy to create the patterns we call molecules, elements, compounds-the building blocks of life. Shrink your awareness down even smaller to the world of atoms and you find that the ultimate constituents of your body are latent potential and realized manifestations of positive and negative energy, which we call protons, electrons, and neutrons.

Your body is both receiving and transmitting energy. What you think, and feel, is what you are creating. Create happy positive thoughts and those thoughts are transmitted into the fields of awareness that link us all together, like cells in the body of God. Negative thoughts are also transmitted into the field of collective consciousness and will cause you to attract the people, circumstances and situations that enable you to see whatever is diminishing the light of your own indwelling spirit. Spirit is consciousness in expression, or Shakti. That which causes life within you is you. You are the light. Realize this.

From the heart, Steven S. Sadleir

Steven S. Sadleir is the Director of the Self Awareness Institute and is recognized as a Shaktipat Master in two lineages. He has developed powerful distance learning programs for people of all cultures and faiths, trained thousands of people from all over the world, and welcomes all of you who are ready for full Self-Realization. Visit http://www.SelfAwareness.com for FREE guided meditation mp3s and ebook!

Discover Your Genius Within
The functions of the right and left brain are only a small portion of the potential that comprises THE MIND. The mind and the brain are two very different things. You can think of the brain as the hard drive of the computer and the mind as the software. Your mind is the intelligence that is in every cell, every system and every organ of your body. It is that intangible, incredible, and awe-inspiring part of you that thinks, remembers, sorts information, makes judgments, forms habits, discerns, distinguishes, communicates and otherwise makes you who you are. It is the genius within. Your mind takes in all information through the five senses (sight, touch, hearing, smell and taste). You can liken the five senses to the keyboard on the computer. You receive input through your senses, your “data entry” system. Your brain then stores, categorizes and utilizes this information. A genius knows how to access that information and then apply it in discovering the solutions to any problems that may arise. It is therefore essential that you discover your own individual style for gathering and communicating information. Some of us process sensory input more effectively through visual means, others through auditory stimuli, and others through a kinesthetic (a touch or feel) approach. Here’s a very simple way to begin to contemplate which way your genius accesses information. Imagine for a moment that you are buying a new item of clothing for an important meeting. Would you be most influenced to buy primarily for a) the color and style of the outfit; b) the benefits the salesperson tells you about the clothing; c) the texture and feel of the fabric. If you chose “A”, your brain receives information primarily through visual means. If you chose “B”, you perceive information primarily through auditory means. If “C”, you most likely access information through kinesthetic means. Everyone learns and communicates in all three of these modes. However, most people have developed a natural preference, and tend to use one method more frequently. As an awakening genius, it’s your goal to become aware of your preference and then strive to strike a balance between all three modes: visual, auditory, and kinesthetic. Are you willing to stretch your abilities by consciously choosing to use your other senses more? Can you imagine the benefits of opening your mind to receive ALL the input from the world around you? Doing so will give you an awareness of an exciting world that’s been there all along, but which you may have been missing. It is natural for you to use what is comfortable, but the awakened genius is willing to grow. Like the turtle, you won't go far without coming out of your shell. You will be pleasantly surprised as you practice using and developing your other senses. You will notice how your memory improves and how easy it becomes for you to make choices. You will discover a whole new world of communication. Once you learn to create a balance in perception, you will be well on your way to thinking holographically �" and using the full power of your genius!

Dr. Patrick Porter is an entrepreneur, award-winning author, and motivational speaker. His electrifying keynote speeches and seminars deliver the real life, nuts ‘n bolts concepts he used to take his business venture to astounding heights. http://www.patrickkporter.com

Learning Transcendental Meditation
It is not difficult to learn transcendental meditation. If you are looking to escape from the whirlwind of ringing cell phones, traffic snarls and screaming kids, transcendental meditation can provide a peaceful getaway from the craziness of everyday life.

In 1958, Maharishi Mahesh Yogi formally introduced his transcendental meditation technique. Since then, he has written several books, lectured and toured extensively all over the world and trained over 40,000 teachers. Transcendental meditation is now practiced in the workplace, at home and in medical settings. In addition, doctors and health professionals are increasingly prescribing transcendental meditation as means of combating anxiety disorders and stress.

You may be wondering what is transcendental meditation and what makes it different from other forms of meditation? One of the most exciting elements of the transcendental meditation technique is that it so simple and easy to practice. With the right focus and dedication, you can learn transcendental meditation in a matter of moments.

Basically, during the meditation session, your body enters a deep and peaceful state of relaxation, while maintaining alertness and clarity. First, the person chooses a word or image to focus on, perhaps a religious or cultural symbol that has special meaning. As the person replays this word or image over and over, the body descends into a deeper and deeper state of restfulness. The session can last anywhere from 10 minutes to an hour and should take place in a calm and relaxed setting, with minimal noise and distractions.

No other meditation technique has been so extensively studied and researched. During transcendental meditation, the brain falls into a theta brain wave pattern (akin to sleep and deep relaxation), which then carries over to the state of wakefulness. Physical benefits include increased mental comprehension, focus, retention and creativity. Another interesting benefit is the actual reversal of the aging process. In a study conducted by the International Journal of Neuroscience, the biological age of practitioners of transcendental meditation was, on average, twelve years younger than their chronological age. Transcendental meditation also has positive effects on age and stress related conditions such as insomnia, high blood pressure, decreased visual acuity, hearing loss and depressed cerebral blood flow.

It is interesting to note that adherents from all religions choose to learn transcendental meditation. Although it has roots in Hinduism, the transcendental meditation technique can be applied to any cultural context. In fact, those who learn transcendental meditation are encouraged to adapt symbols that have meaning and depth for the individual. For example, a rabbi may choose to focus on a symbol or image rooted in Judaism to enhance the effectiveness of the session. In contrast, an agnostic may choose an image from nature such as a beautiful meadow or sunset to achieve relaxation. The beauty of transcendental meditation is its flexibility.
http://www.meditationandmore.com

Jamie Lynn has dedicated herself to teaching others the Power of Meditation and other alternative health/healing tips and techiques for the mind, body and spirit! http://www.meditationandmore.com

Meditations: Trusting Your Own Inner Instincts and Your Innerself
Meditations have a funny way of bringing out your own inner beliefs and values during a meditation session. For example, one belief you have had for ten years can be literally wiped away when you first start to meditate. Often your own inner messenger will bring new meaning to your life and it is important that you use these inner instincts to help you become a better person. There are some simple meditations that will help you to bring out that inner messenger. The first step in this meditation is to find a quiet place to meditate. Sit on the floor and cross your legs if you can. (This meditation is better undertaken sitting on the floor). I should note that this meditation should not be undertaken with meditation music, it is best done in a silent room. The next step is to close your eyes, your back should be straight and your shoulders straight, and finally your head should also be upright. Now, the next step is to start breathing lightly but smoothly. Continue the light breathing and slowly make it deeper. The breathing meditation should be undertaken for five minutes until your mind is clear and focused. To unleash your inner instincts we must now follow the inner messenger visualization process. In your mind visualize a small corridor painted white from the floor, roof and side walls. See the corridor in front of you. Walk down the brilliant white corridor till you come to an opening on your left side. Walk through the opening into a beautiful white room and sit on the floor in this glowing white room. Whilst you are in this room you will feel safe and secure. You are alone in this room and you will hear no sound. After you have spent a few moments in that room you will feel a presence come into the room. This presence is in fact a part of you, it is your inner messenger. Your inner messenger will sit with you. This is your opportunity to ask questions of your inner self. When you ask each question, stop and wait for the answer. You will be surprised with the answers and be aware they may take a little while to come but keep your mind open and focused. Feel free to ask yourself any questions at all, the answers your innerself may share may surprise you but always maintain focus. When you are finished with your innerself, simply walk out the room and turn to the right up the brilliant hall way. This meditation can take as long or as short as you like. Remember to take a little time after this meditation to simply relax and reflect on the information your innerself has shared with you.

We have Meditation Music available to help you with your meditation. If you are suffering Asthma then check out our Buteyko Breathing Method training program. If you would like to read Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill visit our website.

DO YOU KNOW THE PRICE OF BECOMING A MODEL?
Every dream has a price, and if your dream is to become a
model, you should know that from the beginning.

A common fallacy for many people who aren't involved in the
business is that they think that modeling is some kind of a
free ride. To the outsider's mind, they assume that anyone
who succeeds as a model has simply had the good fortune to
be born tall, thin and beautiful, and then all they have to
do is just "show up".

This is probably the number one myth about modeling and it
couldn't be further from the truth.

Modeling is not a hobby and it's not even a job. Modeling,
the kind of modeling I'm talking about, is a profession. And
as with all professions, there are standards of excellence
and definite steps to success.

Are you willing to pay the price required of you to become a
model? And do you know what that price is for you?

It will be different for everyone of course. But at the top
of the list would be the dedication to living an extremely
healthy lifestyle.

A healthy lifestyle means regular exercise, getting enough
sleep and eating properly. It does not mean starving
yourself, and it does mean nourishing yourself in a balanced
way.

It means keeping your body at its most fit. It also means
no smoking. And alcohol on rare occasions, if ever. And
it goes without saying that drugs have absolutely no place
in a healthy body and a healthy mind.

If you're not currently living a very healthy lifestyle,
you're going to have to seriously ask yourself just how much
you want this dream, because it is definitely one of the
first prices you'll be expected to pay.

Your entry price may also include working your way up the
career ladder, accepting less glamorous work in exchange for
developing a portfolio that will later get you better jobs.

While your friends back home are doing normal teenage things
like hanging out at the beach or the mall, you'll be on
castings, beating the pavement, often with aching feet and a
bruised ego.

You may even be the subject of ridicule from people, and
sometimes from the people closest to you or from those you
want to please the most.

You'll probably have to wrestle with your own self-doubts
and discouragement at times. And even when you're feeling
at your lowest, you're going to have to do casting after
casting, each and every time with renewed enthusiasm and
energy.

You'll have to get up brutally early while people are coming
at you from all sides, fixing your hair, doing your makeup,
having you try on the clothes-all before the sun's up.

You might be wearing a ski suit in sweltering heat or a
bikini on the beach in December. You may be holding the
same uncomfortable pose over and over under hot lights, or
doing a runway show in shoes so tight they'll stop your
circulation.

And whatever it is, you've got to make it new and alive and
fantastic every time for your clients.

All of this demands an enormous amount of self-discipline
and dedication to your goal. If you don't have it you won't
make it as a model over the long term, and especially not at
the higher end of this business. It's just that simple.

But if you're willing to pay the price asked of you in
exchange for reaching your dream you may soon discover
something very important:

The price you paid was actually very small indeed compared
with the reward. Or as motivational speaker Zig Ziglar puts
it,

"You do not pay the price of success; you enjoy the price of
success."

Kim Luret is a former international high fashion model, working with many of the world's top fashion designers and is presently a model scout for a major Paris model agency. She also coaches aspiring models, teaches modeling seminars and writes about the modeling world at www.inner-modeling.com . She is a leading world expert on the subject of modeling success.

Positive Attitudes
There is a common basic element to all achievements of those people that you and I read, hear

and see on TV, newspapers, magazines, in the movies that have achieved a level of success that

everyone, well nearly everyone, dreams about and that is that they all have positive attitudes.



It will be your attitude that will determine how you respond to everything that you will confront

in your lifetime. Will you respond favorably or unfavorably? Your attitude will determine if the

situation will be a positive or negative situation for you.



Your personality it determined by your attitude. I personally know a few people that I now choose

to not to associate with on a daily basis because of their attitudes. One I have cut ties altogether.

Their attitudes are so bad that their give off a negative vibe just being around

them and that is not something you nor I want. Life is way to short to go through life like that.



What people have learned that have achieved a high level of success, or any success on any level is,

that you have to keep your mind focused on the positive. Keep your mind focused on your goals, take

action daily on your goals, and with a strong desire you will eventually attain

what you are after.



Your mind and its thoughts are truly the only things you will control in your life. Either you control

your thoughts or you will allow outside forces to control them for you and those outside forces that will

control your thoughts will mostly be negative thoughts.



If you truly wish to attain any of your goals and dreams in life you must control your mind and its thoughts,

when you control your thoughts, you will create the positive attitude you need to start going after your dreams.

Delton Doucet is a home business person and publisher of the Empowering Today Newsletter which you can subscribe to at http://www.EmpoweringToday.com and start receiving daily Empowering Thoughts of The Day quotes and awesome proper mindset articles from today's greatest motivational speakers and most successful home businessmen and women.

Maria Duval - How to Seduce the 12 Horoscope Signs

How to Seduce the 12 Horoscope Signs by Maria Duval.

Follow the advices and attract the person you desire. The following advices are quite general. You can consult Tarot or psychic for personal questions.

To Seduce an Aries Man The type of woman who can attract an Aries man is one that demonstrates a sense of independence and is bold, adventurous, or spontaneous. They'll respect the freedom of a woman like this. They admire strength and courage. Aries men enjoy a challenge, and may find it enjoyable to be seduced by an assertive woman, while offering sufficient resistance to make it interesting. 

To Seduce an Aries Woman The type of man who attracts an Aries woman is brash and bold, daring and direct, and has a sense of adventure. They are drawn to macho types or men in uniform. They seek competition and challenges, so they prefer authoritative men who are hard to get. Aries women are attracted to winners, in sports or business or any form of competition.

Seduction of Taurus Taurus man prefers a woman who is cute, cuddly, calm and comfortable, and shows affection with caresses and kisses. They prefer women who are easy-going, earthy and sensuous, and not too independent or energetic. 

To Seduce a Taurus Woman The type of man who attracts a Taurus woman is the classic strong and silent type. Men who are down-to-earth appeal to her, and it may be important to her that he likes animals or nature in general. A man who can cook, cuddle, and care for her physical comforts is of great interest to her. 

To Seduce a Gemini men Gemini men are attracted to women who are clever and changeable and can keep them guessing. They can be drawn to average looking women who are witty and interesting, and certainly more than to the beautiful but dull sort. 

To Seduce Gemini Woman The right man for the Gemini woman is clever and changeable, and a great conversationalist. Communication is very important to her, so the man who can share information and ideas is sure to be well regarded. 

To Seduce a Cancer Man The type of woman who attracts a Cancer man is one who will comfort and care for them. A woman who feeds a Cancer man and makes him feel loved may soon see them sharing her home, since home is where they most want to feel wanted and cherished and comforted. 

To Seduce a Cancer Woman The right man for the Cancer woman is protective, security-conscious, sensitive, and understanding. If she finds that he makes her feel safe and secure, she’ll feel herself drawn to him. 

To Seduce a Leo Man The type of woman who attracts the Leo man is one that they can feel proud to be seen with -- one who makes them look good just by having her on his arm. A woman who is gorgeous or dramatic or regal or aloof turns them on. 

To Seduce a Leo Woman The right man for the job of taming the Leo lioness is one who radiates warmth and shows his affection in a physical way. They are even more interested if he happens to be rich or famous or powerful or gorgeous (or all of the above) so that she can share the spotlight with her new love. 

To Seduce a Virgo Man The type of woman who attracts the Virgo man in search of company always appears well groomed and conservatively dressed -- and, above all, has an air of propriety. They are very particular, and desire nothing short of perfection in their potential mates, which can leave them out in the cold more often than not. 

To Seduce a Virgo Woman The type of man who attracts the Virgo woman is intelligent, impeccably mannered and groomed, practical, and reliable. Neatness and cleanliness are the single most important factors here for the approval of a Virgo lady. 

To Seduce a Libra Man The type of woman who attracts the Libra man has lots of class but isn’t too formal at the wrong times. She can be sort of sophisticated but not terribly stuck-up, sort of picky but not too particular, or any one of a number of contradicting categories, as long as she is utterly sincere in her attentions and has no hidden agendas for the relationship. 

To Seduce a Libra Woman The type of man who attracts a Libra woman is charming, polite, and well dressed -- it also helps if he’s good looking, romantic, and a bit old-fashioned as well. They tend to respond to mental and verbal flirtations more so than the crude physical kinds. 

To Seduce a Scorpio Man The type of woman who attracts the emotionally volatile Scorpio man is very vital, passionate, and intense. They rend to go for dynamic and powerful types of women who aren’t indecisive, weak willed pushovers. 

To Seduce a Scorpio Woman Scorpio women prefer a man who appears intense or inscrutable, and has a kind of magnetic charisma about him that hints at smoldering sexuality and unexplored depths of unbridled passion. 

To Seduce a Sagittarius man Sagittarius men like the type of woman who is honest, direct, and reliable -- basically a lover who is also a friend. They like a woman who's playful one minute, and philosophical the next, but always happy. 

To Seduce a Sagittarius Woman The man who attracts a Sagittarius woman is one who displays high moral and ethical standards, and lives up to their ideals of honesty and integrity. They want honesty, friendship, and fun from a potential mate. 

To Seduce a Capricorn Man The type of woman who attracts a Capricorn man is socially acceptable and somewhat formal or aloof -- not to mention quite serious about success and status. 

To Seduce a Capricorn Woman Capricorn women are after a man who seems serious, aloof, and detached, and somehow projects an inscrutable personal aura. They want a man who's ambitious and socially acceptable, and they are drawn to money, status, and power.

To Seduce an Aquarius Man The type of woman who attracts an Aquarius man is intelligent, independent, free spirited, and a good conversationalist. Should she keep him guessing, or be a bit unconventional, she'll fascinate him, but if she's too emotional, he'll pass. 

To Seduce a an Aquarius Woman The type of man who attracts the Aquarius woman is intellectually interesting, logical, open-minded, and willing to experiment. A man with ideas and insights fascinates them to no end. Aquarius women are even more attracted if he seems unconventional or unpredictable or just unusual in some way. 

To Seduce a Pisces Man The type of woman who attracts the withdrawn Pisces man is romantic and emotional, sensitive and passive. Should she be intriguing or mysterious or able to make him feel secure, she could be just the one for him. Pisces men are fond of secret love affairs, as well as people who need help or emotional support. 

To Seduce a Pisces Woman The Pisces woman is after a man who is romantic, sensitive and either an imaginative dreamer or just lost and confused. The idea of a secret love affair can excite and entice her, and mystery intrigues her.

You can also develop your own Tarot and psychic reading ability to find the solution to your specific questions. The simplest way to develop your psychic ability is through listening to your intuitive voice. For example, you can do your own Tarot card reading, and then ask yourself what these cards really mean. Trust your own psychic ESP! After all, no one can be a better Tarot reader than yourself.

"How to Seduce the 12 Horoscope Signs" was written by Elaine Fung. Elaine Fung is an expert in horoscopes and psychic subjects. In this article she provides us with useful tips to seduce any person we like just by knowing his zodiac sign. This is a public article, so, please feel free to use our content and give credit by linking back to us.

Aliens: Where SETI Astronomers Can Find Them
SETI, or Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence, has been an ongoing endeavor for many decades. In the early days, it was expected to be a quick success, so much so that national governments even helped fund these projects. Like the Moon race, there was something of a "find E.T." race. All that is gone now. Government funding has virtually evaporated around the globe. The explanation is simple: no one likes a perpetual failure. The few remaining SETI efforts have to count on private funding to scrape along. Well, the objective of this article is to come to the rescue of the last of the SETI astronomers, to tell them where they can find E.T. so that they can regain the world's respect. That last sentence was not meant to be cynical. As noted in my article "Decoding Book Resurrects the Ancient Astronaut Theme," author Morten St. George claims that some of the prophecies of Nostradamus are of alien origin, and that those prophecies tell us how to calculate the galactic coordinates of where E.T. came from. In a follow-up interview, I posed the following question to St. George: Do you agree that contact with intelligent aliens could be of immense importance to humankind? He agreed. Then I asked: Do you agree that this is more important than your selling a few copies of your cryptic thinking book? He agreed. This article will be a little longer and a little more technical than the others. According to St. George, three prophetic stanzas combine to provide information about E.T.'s location. The first of these is stanza number I-81. Here, the first four words of the fourth verse are the most relevant: "Kappa, Thita, Lambda, mors." St. George says he has an etymological dictionary that defines "mors" as the "bite of a scorpion." Consequently, Kappa, Theta, and Lambda are the names of three stars in the tail section of the constellation Scorpius. (Note that the use of Greek letters for star names postdates Nostradamus). It's a star arrow, and Lambda is the arrow head. Elsewh:ere, the prophecies name three cities to form an arrow circling around the globe; thus, St. George believes the three stars should be viewed as points on a sphere. Where does the star arrow point? St. George says he followed the star arrow upwards on a star map and it hit or passed close to a dark cloud called Barnard 72, for which he already had other indications. So that's the answer. E.T. came from or near Barnard 72. But we're not done yet. We're looking for precise coordinates. The second stanza is numbered IV-32. According to St. George's decoding, this stanza tells a story: Once upon a time, Triton, Pluto, and Charon formed a triple planet system with a distinct orbit around the Sun. Then one day, the aliens came along, grabbed hold of Triton, and pushed it into a retrograde orbit around the planet Neptune. In route to Neptune, Pluto and Charon hung on for a while, then broke loose and drifted off into a new orbit. When did this happen? St. George says the aliens were here in 580 A.D., so that would be his guess for the date of these planet manipulations. I mentioned that I had read on the Internet that Pluto has been downgraded, that it is no longer considered a planet. St. George responded: "I believe that was because they found that Pluto didn't clear away debris in its orbit. But since 580 A.D., a contemporary date in terms of solar system history, Pluto in its new orbit would have made only a handful of complete orbits around the Sun, hardly enough time to clear away much debris. In any case, the astronomers got it all wrong. What they should really be looking for is Triton's original orbit, a cleared-out orbit with no planet in it. And I doubt that we're talking about an orbit at the outer edges of the solar system. Triton's original orbit may have been closer to the Sun than Neptune. They need to figure out where Triton could have been in 580 A.D., then they will know where to look for that orbit." Why did the aliens move Triton? A display of power? St. George remarked that the star arrow only provides longitudinal coordinates. We also need to know the latitude . The planets have to be in the right position at the right time. And the three stars too, for that matter. The last stanza of the three stanzas is numbered IV-33. It begins: Jupiter closer to Venus than to the Moon, appearing in full whiteness. According to St. George, Earth and Jupiter would have to be pretty much on opposite sides of the Sun for this to be true, and the full Moon (more likely seen from the Alien Planet than from Earth) serves as a timer. The alignment is Alien Planet, Sun, Moon. The next line of IV-33 goes: Venus hidden under the whiteness Neptune (discovered more than two hundred years after the death of Nostradamus). Note that there's no "of" between whiteness and Neptune. Meanwhile, the French words following "hidden" (used elsewhere in the prophecies to cryptic ends), "soUS la bANcheUR," allows the extraction of "Uranus." Thus, the whiteness (partial rather than full) is Uranus, not Neptune, and we have a second alignment: Alien Planet, Uranus, Venus. IV-33 has one more line: From Mars struck through the white granary. Since Neptune was left hanging at the end of the preceding line, it should come into play here, meaning Neptune from Mars struck through the white granary. According to St. George, the "white granary" refers to a star cluster called the Pleiades, which happens to lie at the opposite side of the sky from Barnard 72. Until recently, St. George thought the planetary arrow to Barnard 72 commenced with Mars, so he not yet had a chance to check out if a Mars, Neptune, Pleiades alignment, or a Pleiades, Mars, Neptune alignment, is even feasible. Overall, there are only a limited number of possibilities. IV-33 gives us two inner planets, Venus and Mars, and two outer planets, Uranus and Neptune. Mars lines up with Neptune to hit the Pleiades, and Venus lines up with Uranus to hit the Alien Planet. Depending upon the Pleiades direction, Uranus and Neptune need to be together on the same side of the solar system or on directly opposing ends of the solar system. Also remember to check that you're viewing a full Moon from the Alien Planet, and that Jupiter is closer to Venus than the Moon at the same time. When? The skies and planets are in constant motion. In what year does all this happen? St. George is convinced that the date of the given configuration should somehow or somewhere be provided in the prophecies. Other than the stanza number, 433, we have 580, 700, 703, 882, 883, 1204, 1559, 1571, 1607, 1609, 1649, 1666, 1689, 1690, 1700, 1727, 1781, 1813, 1832, 1858, 1859, 1861, 1928, 1952, 1955, 1979, 1982, 1999, 2001, and 2006. The years 1571, 1607, 1781, 1859, and 1982 were astronomy related. St. George suspects one of the later years is more likely mainly because astronomers may not have accurate data the position of the outer planets in earlier times. "We have to assume that they want us to get it right, and precision is clearly required here." 2006? What happened in 2006? St. George replied: "Absolutely nothing. 2006 was a second, inferable date in a London catastrophe stanza. The date does not necessarily have to come from an astronomy stanza. It can be provided elsewhere." Please excuse the digression. My final question was: Do you realistically expect SETI astronomers to take you up on this coordinate stuff? St. George responded: "Yes. It would be foolish of them not to. The way they're going now, their odds of finding E.T. are not even one in a billion. If my theories merely reduce the odds to one in a thousand, their chances improve immensely. Moreover, I think they've forgotten; SETI was originally based on the premise that there are lots of intelligent civilizations out there, which in turn implies that at least one of them should have succeeded in exploring the entire galaxy by now." So there you have it, SETI astronomers, go forth and become famous; work out the coordinates, point your radio telescope there, and tell the world you heard from E.T.!

Gersiane De Brito is an aspiring writer from Fortaleza, Brazil. Other articles by her can be found on the Cryptic Thinking Official Site: http://www.crypticthinking.com .

MIND TRAINING YOUR HIGH PERFORMANCE BRAIN
MIND TRAINING YOUR HIGH PERFORMANCE BRAIN by Patricia Chamberlin Do you ever suspect that you're sitting in the driver's seat of a high performance brain, but unfortunately it came without an owner's manual? You're certainly not alone; most of us have the unshakable feeling that we are inherently capable of "much more" if only we could get our brains in gear! Folk wisdom has always alluded to how little of our brains we use, but until recent ground breaking scientific discoveries we had no way of really knowing. The first neurologist to scientifically observe, "The brain indicates its powers are endless" was Australian Neurology Nobel Laureate Sir John Eccles. (Lecture: University of Colorado, July 31, 1974.) Today Neuroscience has discovered more about the brain in the last decade than in all the years of previous human history combined, and the implications of the latest research are clear -- the human brain is far more powerful, with the potential for immensely greater intelligence and higher achievement, than was ever before imagined. British Pediatrics Professor, John Lorber, did autopsies on hydrocephalics, an illness that causes all but the 1/6th inch layer of brain tissue to be dissolved by acidic spinal fluid. He tested the IQ's of patients before and during the disease and his findings showed that IQ remained constant up to death. Although over 90 our our brains, at best" has taken on an added dimension. John Eccles remarks on this saying he thinks that number is too high, after all "How can we calculate a percentage of infinity?" The art and science of training our minds to tap into its greater potential is not new. Buddhism, for example, is an entire way of life based on the training of the mind. And in more modern times, mind training has become so widespead, that the same could be said for Olympic Athletes, or Professional Golfers, or Financial Market Traders, etc., where mind training is also an entire way of life. However, given the inspiring advances in neuroscience, a vast shift in Mind Training has begun to happen, taking on new more personal dimensions and touching our lives in very direct and immediate ways. It is as though each new scientific discovery gives us our own personal key to unlocking our mind's greater potential. Personal mind training instruction abounds on every facet of personal development imaginable -- health, wealth, happiness, relationships, physical fitness, income, sexual satisfaction, communication, just to name a few. And sprinting in the lead is Professional Mind Training with its many diverse areas, such as: * Neurofeedback * Brain Hemisphere Syncronization * Bi-neural Stimulation * Autogenic Training * The Mozart Effect * Kinesiology * Brain Food * Neurolingistic Programming * Enriched Environment Neural Training * Biofeedback in all its numerous forms * Brainwave Entrainment in its many forms * and the list goes on and on! Along with these types of technologically cutting edge mind training, ancient consciousness altering techniques are being retooled into such modern mind training modalities as Mind Altering Breathwork (Yoga), Vibrational Mind Medicine (Tibetan singing bowls), Sound Therapy (Mantras, Drum Beating, Chanting, etc). Even the more familiar, but still misunderstood, Self Hypnosis is experiencing a vast resurgance of popularity. All of this is making mind training one of today's most exciting and rapidly expanding fields. But the results it is generating in terms of ever and ever greater human achievements is even more astounding. World sports records are now routinely being broken with each Olympic event. Sir Roger Bannister's breaking of the 4 minute mile world record in 1954, a human threshold which was at the time believed to be impossible or at the very least ruinous to a runner's health, is distant history now. Many runners have since beaten it and by the end of the century the one mile world record was 3:33.13 minutes. In a span of 93 years, 14 different athletes have been recognized as "the world's fastest man" as world records fell one after another, but records fell lower after 1990 which is when coaching is acknowledged to have begun to include serious mind training. Additionally, the more wide ranging records in the Guinness book of World Records are also now being broken with regularity. Even the book itself keeps breaking its own records, as the longest running best-selling copyrighted series of all-time! Mind training has earned its stripes and as Victor Hugo said, "No army can withstand the power of an idea whose time has come." Add to that John Eccles voice reminding us, "The brain indicates its powers are endless", and the future of developing human potential -- our personal greatness -- has never looked more limitless! Copyright 2008 Mind Power Courses Permission to reprint this article is given on the strict condition that the site source is credited.

Patricia has over 20 years experience training the minds of financial professionals, world-class athletes, educators, corporate leaders and elite achievers in all fields of endeavor. After becoming an accomplished Trader herself six years ago, her private mind training practice has specialized in mind training for Financial Market Traders.

The 12 horoscope signs and the art of seduction
Follow the advices and attract the person you desire. The following advices are quite general. You can consult Tarot or psychic for personal questions. To Seduce an Aries Man The type of woman who can attract an Aries man is one that demonstrates a sense of independence and is bold, adventurous, or spontaneous. They'll respect the freedom of a woman like this. They admire strength and courage. Aries men enjoy a challenge, and may find it enjoyable to be seduced by an assertive woman, while offering sufficient resistance to make it interesting. Seduction of Taurus Taurus man prefers a woman who is cute, cuddly, calm and comfortable, and shows affection with caresses and kisses. They prefer women who are easy-going, earthy and sensuous, and not too independent or energetic. To Seduce a Gemini men Gemini men are attracted to women who are clever and changeable and can keep them guessing. They can be drawn to average looking women who are witty and interesting, and certainly more than to the beautiful but dull sort. To Seduce a Cancer Man The type of woman who attracts a Cancer man is one who will comfort and care for them. A woman who feeds a Cancer man and makes him feel loved may soon see them sharing her home, since home is where they most want to feel wanted and cherished and comforted. To Seduce a Leo Man The type of woman who attracts the Leo man is one that they can feel proud to be seen with -- one who makes them look good just by having her on his arm. A woman who is gorgeous or dramatic or regal or aloof turns them on. To Seduce a Virgo Man The type of woman who attracts the Virgo man in search of company always appears well groomed and conservatively dressed -- and, above all, has an air of propriety. They are very particular, and desire nothing short of perfection in their potential mates, which can leave them out in the cold more often than not. To Seduce a Libra Man The type of woman who attracts the Libra man has lots of class but isn’t too formal at the wrong times. She can be sort of sophisticated but not terribly stuck-up, sort of picky but not too particular, or any one of a number of contradicting categories, as long as she is utterly sincere in her attentions and has no hidden agendas for the relationship. To Seduce a Scorpio Man The type of woman who attracts the emotionally volatile Scorpio man is very vital, passionate, and intense. They rend to go for dynamic and powerful types of women who aren’t indecisive, weak willed pushovers. To Seduce a Sagittarius man Sagittarius men like the type of woman who is honest, direct, and reliable -- basically a lover who is also a friend. They like a woman who's playful one minute, and philosophical the next, but always happy. To Seduce a Capricorn Man The type of woman who attracts a Capricorn man is socially acceptable and somewhat formal or aloof -- not to mention quite serious about success and status. To Seduce an Aquarius Man The type of woman who attracts an Aquarius man is intelligent, independent, free spirited, and a good conversationalist. Should she keep him guessing, or be a bit unconventional, she'll fascinate him, but if she's too emotional, he'll pass. To Seduce a Pisces Man The type of woman who attracts the withdrawn Pisces man is romantic and emotional, sensitive and passive. Should she be intriguing or mysterious or able to make him feel secure, she could be just the one for him. Pisces men are fond of secret love affairs, as well as people who need help or emotional support. To Seduce an Aries Woman The type of man who attracts an Aries woman is brash and bold, daring and direct, and has a sense of adventure. They are drawn to macho types or men in uniform. They seek competition and challenges, so they prefer authoritative men who are hard to get. Aries women are attracted to winners, in sports or business or any form of competition. To Seduce a Taurus Woman The type of man who attracts a Taurus woman is the classic strong and silent type. Men who are down-to-earth appeal to her, and it may be important to her that he likes animals or nature in general. A man who can cook, cuddle, and care for her physical comforts is of great interest to her. To Seduce Gemini Woman The right man for the Gemini woman is clever and changeable, and a great conversationalist. Communication is very important to her, so the man who can share information and ideas is sure to be well regarded. To Seduce a Cancer Woman The right man for the Cancer woman is protective, security-conscious, sensitive, and understanding. If she finds that he makes her feel safe and secure, she’ll feel herself drawn to him. To Seduce a Leo Woman The right man for the job of taming the Leo lioness is one who radiates warmth and shows his affection in a physical way. They are even more interested if he happens to be rich or famous or powerful or gorgeous (or all of the above) so that she can share the spotlight with her new love. To Seduce a Virgo Woman The type of man who attracts the Virgo woman is intelligent, impeccably mannered and groomed, practical, and reliable. Neatness and cleanliness are the single most important factors here for the approval of a Virgo lady. To Seduce a Libra Woman The type of man who attracts a Libra woman is charming, polite, and well dressed -- it also helps if he’s good looking, romantic, and a bit old-fashioned as well. They tend to respond to mental and verbal flirtations more so than the crude physical kinds. To Seduce a Scorpio Woman Scorpio women prefer a man who appears intense or inscrutable, and has a kind of magnetic charisma about him that hints at smoldering sexuality and unexplored depths of unbridled passion. To Seduce a Sagittarius Woman The man who attracts a Sagittarius woman is one who displays high moral and ethical standards, and lives up to their ideals of honesty and integrity. They want honesty, friendship, and fun from a potential mate. To Seduce a Capricorn Woman Capricorn women are after a man who seems serious, aloof, and detached, and somehow projects an inscrutable personal aura. They want a man who's ambitious and socially acceptable, and they are drawn to money, status, and power. To Seduce a an Aquarius Woman The type of man who attracts the Aquarius woman is intellectually interesting, logical, open-minded, and willing to experiment. A man with ideas and insights fascinates them to no end. Aquarius women are even more attracted if he seems unconventional or unpredictable or just unusual in some way. To Seduce a Pisces Woman The Pisces woman is after a man who is romantic, sensitive and either an imaginative dreamer or just lost and confused. The idea of a secret love affair can excite and entice her, and mystery intrigues her. You can also develop your own Tarot and psychic reading ability to find the solution to your specific questions. The simplest way to develop your psychic ability is through listening to your intuitive voice. For example, you can do your own Tarot card reading, and then ask yourself what these cards really mean. Trust your own psychic ESP! After all, no one can be a better Tarot reader than yourself.

"How to Seduce the 12 Horoscope Signs" was written by Elaine Fung. Elaine Fung is an expert in horoscopes and psychic subjects. In this article she provides us with useful tips to seduce any person we like just by knowing his zodiac sign. This is a public article, so, please feel free to use our content and give credit by linking back to us.

Reducing Fear of Driving with Proper Breathing
Those that experience anxiety, fear, or panic while driving often report an inability to breathe normally. They may have a feeling of being unable to take a deep breath, as if they’re throat or chest were closing in. They may find themselves gasping and gulping for air or with fears of having a heart attack or lung disorder. Fears of losing control may present themselves stemming from the inability to control one’s own breathing. All of these situations are common with the panic that ensues from a fear of driving and cause discomfort and more advanced symptoms, but none are physically dangerous. The goal in learning to breathe properly is not to prevent suffocation or any physical problem, which won’t occur anyway, but to prevent the uncomfortable sensations that result from breathing in this manner. Fortunately, these breathing difficulties can be remedied using simple techniques. The act of over breathing, or hyperventilating, results in the body taking in far too much carbon dioxide than is needed. Take a look at just some of the symptoms caused by hyperventilation and see if they look at all familiar: • Racing heart • Heartburn • Dizziness • Vision disturbances • Numbness or tingling in extremities • Difficulty in swallowing • Muscular shaking • Chest pain • Sensations of chocking • Sweating You may be surprised to know that all of the above sensations of anxiety experienced when driving can be attributed to how you breathe. Learning to breathe in a new way can reduce or eliminate a wide range of complaints associated with the fear of driving. Hyperventilation is not always as obvious as we are lead to believe by the television, where a person is gasping for air and having a paper bag over the mouth (to slow the rate of exhaled carbon dioxide). Hyperventilation is much more subtle and the person experiencing it is often unaware they are over breathing. Only a small change in the mix of oxygen to carbon dioxide can cause pronounced symptoms and additional anxiety. Holding the breath also results in the same list of symptoms. One of the most widely taught methods of proper breathing is controlled, diaphragmatic breathing. It has been widely known that people with general anxiety, or those subjected to a phobia tend to breathe from their chest (thoracic) and not their stomach (diaphragmatic). It’s easy to tell where you are breathing from, simply place one hand on your navel and the other on your chest, right over the breastbone. We're going to use your hands will tell you what muscles you are using to breathe. As you breathe, pay attention to which hand is rising and falling. If it’s mostly the hand on your chest, you aren’t breathing from your diaphragm and need to work on teaching your body to breathe properly. If it’s only the hand on your belly moving, then you’re breathing well. This check should be used again when you feel anxious to ensure you maintain your breathing pattern. If you are skeptical about the correct way to breathe, simply look at the way a baby or dog breathes. They breathe in a relaxed manner with their bellies moving up and down, their chest stays still. If you need to correct your breathe, below is a basic exercise that should be done as often as possible to retrain yourself. With enough work you’ll actually move your unconscious breathe from the upper lung to the lower lung. This experience greatly reduces anxiety and the physical symptoms of tension. 1) Again, place one hand on your navel, and the other on your chest, right over the breastbone. 2) Exhale completely. Drop your shoulders and relax your muscles, as you do so pay particular attention to the muscles of your face and upper body. 3) Pause for three seconds. 4) Inhale SLOWLY through your nose by pushing your stomach out, not your chest. Visualize yourself breathing in and out through your navel. Your chest hand should stay relatively stationary, while your lower hand rises and falls. There is also a more advanced breathing technique that can help you in the midst of an anxiety or panic attack that actually plays a role in eliminating the fearful feelings. The Driving Fear program does an excellent job of teaching the strategy to assist those that suffer from anxiety, panic, or phobias related to the fear of driving or specific driving situations such as highway driving or driving over bridges.

Rich Presta runs the Driving Fear program which offers self-help techniques for those that suffer from anxiety and fear of driving, or a phobia about a specific driving situation such as bridges or highways. Rich has specialized in helping people with driving phobias for over 5 years and is based in the US.

The Astrological Sun
Continuing on from my introductory article about the Sun, Moon and Rising Sign, we'll have a closer look at the meaning of the Sun within a birth chart. As mentioned in my introductory article mentioned above, the Sun Sign is what most people are aware of because it is easy to calculate. This is one of the reasons it is used most frequently by the general population. If you think about the Sun, when it shines in the sky it brings us warmth, light (and the ability to see what is around us) and life. At the same time too much of it can damage our bodies. It is also the centre of our Universe. Symbolically, the Sun gives us a pointer to what we need to 'shine' or to 'feel alive' and whether or not this process has been encouraged in our lives. Another way to put this is to understand how we need to be treated and recognised to feel at the 'centre of the universe'. The Sun also represents the father figure when growing up and extending this theme further, men in general as we get older. This is particularly true for the majority of women because sometimes they relate to the symbolism of the Moon more easily than the Sun. Therefore the energy of the Sun ends up being projected onto important males in a woman's life. Like the physical Sun, too much of this symbolism can be detrimental to our self-development. For example, if we demand to be at the centre of attention or become so absorbed in ourselves that we neglect the people that need us. When I have a look at someone's birth chart I usually ask the individual how he or she experienced their relationship with their father. This tells me a lot about how they see themselves, males and authority figures. On another level the symbolism associated with the Sun in a birth chart also indicates how the process of discovering the self is likely to progress. These indications are found through the house placement, and relationship to the other planets. The Sun sign tells us who we are, while the Rising Sign shows us who we feel we have to be to fit in to our environment. Since the Rising Sign represents the moment of birth (you can't calculate your Rising Sign without your time of birth), the first place we have to fit into is our family. From there most of us have to learn to fit in to various situations - school, life in general, relationships, etc. Where the Sun is a conscious, masculine and an outgoing energy that is easy to spot, the Moon is an unconscious, internal, feminine and an illogical energy. I look at the Sun as being what we want, while the Moon symbolism is what we need.

The Author used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer daily horoscope, love psychics, online psychics and more. The Author used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer email readings, free tarot reading, mothly horoscope and more. The Author used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer psychic information, love horoscope, psychic service and more. The Author used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer love predictions, spiritual experience, clarvoyance test and more.

An Introduction to the New Age — Becoming a Psychic
People who accept the realm of the paranormal and unnatural are certain that people in the beginning are born with psychic powers but only few becomes a psychic. There are two types of psychics that we believe in; the "natural born" and those with little powers within them. The "natural born" psychics are said to be the gifted as they have great amount of psychic powers since birth. On the other hand, those who are born with lesser amount of psychic powers requires heavy practice and understanding in order to grow. In other cases, lots of psychics whose abilities are suddenly awaken by strong emotions or near-death experience, which results into having great amount of mental powers in an instant. Psychics are people with great mental abilities beyond the use of the five senses; clairvoyance / telepathy, cold reading, psychic reading, dream interpretation, palm reading, astrological reading and tarot card reading are just some of the abilities of a psychic. Here are some aspects that may help a person to develop his/her psychic skills or abilities. UNDERSTANDING. Spiritual development requires time, patience and understanding. In order to develop your psychic ability, you must first understand its importance and purpose, having a psychic powers also hold responsibilities; becoming a psychic means that you allow your mind and body to grow spiritually, set your goal into helping others, giving the precise information as possible and know that having a psychic ability is never to be abused. PATIENCE. Whether if you're a natural born with psychic powers or not, you will only be able to develop your psychic ability in time, so don't rush, the spirits will guide you through your journey. It is best to find a psychic group in your community or online to guide you, books and journals of other psychics are a great help too. FOCUS. Focusing first on one ability is good, choose which ability you would like to develop. It is important that you believe in yourself while doing a reading. Psychics have different types of reading and uses the most appropriate one for a client. CHOOSE YOUR TOOL. Always have the proper tool(s) before conducting a reading. * A Tarot Card is a divination tool that is used to gain insight and resolve issues regarding heath, relationships, career, and spirituality. * Numerology, from the word itself, uses numbers that correspond to each letter of the alphabet. With a mathematical formula, psychics use numerology to give past or future information on a person's life path. * Astrology and Horoscope, uses symbols and through the use of celestial bodies such as the moon, sun, and planets that represents events that occur on a person's life. * A Crystal Ball is used to aid in clairvoyance, a Greek word that means "clear seeing", is a psychic ability that is beyond the five senses — the transferring of information using only the mind. * There are other ways of reading without the use of a tool, these are clairvoyance, a Greek word meaning "clear seeing", palm reading, cold reading, dream interpretation, and more. PRACTICE. Becoming a skillful psychic requires a lot of practice, nobody becomes a professional in any field in just a few days! When practicing your psychic ability keep in mind that what you're doing something good for someone, discard your doubts, no matter what your mind sees during a psychic reading take full trust in your ability. Lastly, if you've just begun to learn on how to develop your psychic powers, try some psychic ability test first to know the scope and limit of your psychic powers. Psychic tests are available in online and in a psychics' community.

The Writer Ei Mara used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer private psychic readings, online psychics through chat, psychic advice and a lot more.

Your Greatest Hope For Survival is Not what You May Think.
Your greatest hope for survival in this spiritual creation and the next will be in your ability to think outside the box. What you know as your truth now is limited. All things change-you, those around you, the environment, and the sky. Life in a box is a closed system and by its very nature is limited. Without new energy and new life coming into the coffer there is no probable possibility of survival. You cannot hang on to what you have now-eventually it will all disappear-your friends, your family, your neighbourhood, and eventually you. Many people who have lost the people and things around them have also lost the things by which they have been measured. It is the other physical objects which give relative definition to us. Without a skinny person to compare myself with, I would not be able to call myself fat. Without the challenged person to compare myself to I would not be able to call myself whole, nor would I be rich without the poor person to judge against. As evolving beings we must constantly redefine ourselves otherwise we become relics. Life is change itself-it does not stand still. We stop living when we become comfortable with the status quo. We turn into the living dead. Some of the people I grew up with died when they turned 30 years old. They stopped using their brains and relied on what they learned in the first thirty years to carry them over the next thirty. When they retired they tried to get back the first thirty years and became lost looking for something that no longer exists. Changes are difficult for many because we become too comfortable with the old slippers. For those who actively embrace change it is just the opposite-they live their lives to the fullest because they are constantly living in the defining moment. They do not lament about the past nor do they mourn for those left behind. Sometimes choices are difficult in the outset, but as one gets used to change, it becomes expected and welcomed. Every few generations a new human is born into a world that has become stagnant. These new humans are faster thinkers, smarter, and restless. They are designed for the new world and its technology, and they come to advance humanity into a new evolutionary period. The last era was the industrial revolution. It has taken us as far as we can go and will be replaced by another revolution leading us into a new era of thinkers and doers. These people will have greater purpose and resolve to correct the mistakes of the recent past. They will be dedicated to expanding man's mind and awareness past our present environment and understanding. Humanity evolves despite itself, but ever so slowly. Those who hold close to change make the most of the time they have here. While those who have died and stayed, live with their regrets or at best have made peace with them. There is no purpose to your personal life, other than the one you give it. There is no right or wrong about living your own life one way or the other, unless you genuinely believe there is. In the bigger picture you have lived your life perfectly and you cannot do otherwise. However, your greatest hope for survival no matter how long or short your lifetime is, is to live it to the fullest through a life of constant transition.

Roy E. Klienwachter is a resident of British Columbia, Canada. A published author, a student of NLP, New Age Light Worker, Teacher and Phenomenologist. Roy's books and articles are thought provoking, and designed to empower your imagination, and take you to places you would never have thought of. Claim your copy of Roy's new book at: http://www.yourlifewasnevermeanttobeastruggle.com Visit Roy at: http://www.klienwachter.com

How to Seduce the 12 Horoscope Signs
Follow the advices and attract the person you desire. The following advices are quite general. You can consult Tarot or psychic for personal questions. To Seduce an Aries Man The type of woman who can attract an Aries man is one that demonstrates a sense of independence and is bold, adventurous, or spontaneous. They'll respect the freedom of a woman like this. They admire strength and courage. Aries men enjoy a challenge, and may find it enjoyable to be seduced by an assertive woman, while offering sufficient resistance to make it interesting. To Seduce an Aries Woman The type of man who attracts an Aries woman is brash and bold, daring and direct, and has a sense of adventure. They are drawn to macho types or men in uniform. They seek competition and challenges, so they prefer authoritative men who are hard to get. Aries women are attracted to winners, in sports or business or any form of competition. Seduction of Taurus Taurus man prefers a woman who is cute, cuddly, calm and comfortable, and shows affection with caresses and kisses. They prefer women who are easy-going, earthy and sensuous, and not too independent or energetic. To Seduce a Taurus Woman The type of man who attracts a Taurus woman is the classic strong and silent type. Men who are down-to-earth appeal to her, and it may be important to her that he likes animals or nature in general. A man who can cook, cuddle, and care for her physical comforts is of great interest to her. To Seduce a Gemini men Gemini men are attracted to women who are clever and changeable and can keep them guessing. They can be drawn to average looking women who are witty and interesting, and certainly more than to the beautiful but dull sort. To Seduce Gemini Woman The right man for the Gemini woman is clever and changeable, and a great conversationalist. Communication is very important to her, so the man who can share information and ideas is sure to be well regarded. To Seduce a Cancer Man The type of woman who attracts a Cancer man is one who will comfort and care for them. A woman who feeds a Cancer man and makes him feel loved may soon see them sharing her home, since home is where they most want to feel wanted and cherished and comforted. To Seduce a Cancer Woman The right man for the Cancer woman is protective, security-conscious, sensitive, and understanding. If she finds that he makes her feel safe and secure, she’ll feel herself drawn to him. To Seduce a Leo Man The type of woman who attracts the Leo man is one that they can feel proud to be seen with -- one who makes them look good just by having her on his arm. A woman who is gorgeous or dramatic or regal or aloof turns them on. To Seduce a Leo Woman The right man for the job of taming the Leo lioness is one who radiates warmth and shows his affection in a physical way. They are even more interested if he happens to be rich or famous or powerful or gorgeous (or all of the above) so that she can share the spotlight with her new love. To Seduce a Virgo Man The type of woman who attracts the Virgo man in search of company always appears well groomed and conservatively dressed -- and, above all, has an air of propriety. They are very particular, and desire nothing short of perfection in their potential mates, which can leave them out in the cold more often than not. To Seduce a Virgo Woman The type of man who attracts the Virgo woman is intelligent, impeccably mannered and groomed, practical, and reliable. Neatness and cleanliness are the single most important factors here for the approval of a Virgo lady. To Seduce a Libra Man The type of woman who attracts the Libra man has lots of class but isn’t too formal at the wrong times. She can be sort of sophisticated but not terribly stuck-up, sort of picky but not too particular, or any one of a number of contradicting categories, as long as she is utterly sincere in her attentions and has no hidden agendas for the relationship. To Seduce a Libra Woman The type of man who attracts a Libra woman is charming, polite, and well dressed -- it also helps if he’s good looking, romantic, and a bit old-fashioned as well. They tend to respond to mental and verbal flirtations more so than the crude physical kinds. To Seduce a Scorpio Man The type of woman who attracts the emotionally volatile Scorpio man is very vital, passionate, and intense. They rend to go for dynamic and powerful types of women who aren’t indecisive, weak willed pushovers. To Seduce a Scorpio Woman Scorpio women prefer a man who appears intense or inscrutable, and has a kind of magnetic charisma about him that hints at smoldering sexuality and unexplored depths of unbridled passion. To Seduce a Sagittarius man Sagittarius men like the type of woman who is honest, direct, and reliable -- basically a lover who is also a friend. They like a woman who's playful one minute, and philosophical the next, but always happy. To Seduce a Sagittarius Woman The man who attracts a Sagittarius woman is one who displays high moral and ethical standards, and lives up to their ideals of honesty and integrity. They want honesty, friendship, and fun from a potential mate. To Seduce a Capricorn Man The type of woman who attracts a Capricorn man is socially acceptable and somewhat formal or aloof -- not to mention quite serious about success and status. To Seduce a Capricorn Woman Capricorn women are after a man who seems serious, aloof, and detached, and somehow projects an inscrutable personal aura. They want a man who's ambitious and socially acceptable, and they are drawn to money, status, and power. To Seduce an Aquarius Man The type of woman who attracts an Aquarius man is intelligent, independent, free spirited, and a good conversationalist. Should she keep him guessing, or be a bit unconventional, she'll fascinate him, but if she's too emotional, he'll pass. To Seduce a an Aquarius Woman The type of man who attracts the Aquarius woman is intellectually interesting, logical, open-minded, and willing to experiment. A man with ideas and insights fascinates them to no end. Aquarius women are even more attracted if he seems unconventional or unpredictable or just unusual in some way. To Seduce a Pisces Man The type of woman who attracts the withdrawn Pisces man is romantic and emotional, sensitive and passive. Should she be intriguing or mysterious or able to make him feel secure, she could be just the one for him. Pisces men are fond of secret love affairs, as well as people who need help or emotional support. To Seduce a Pisces Woman The Pisces woman is after a man who is romantic, sensitive and either an imaginative dreamer or just lost and confused. The idea of a secret love affair can excite and entice her, and mystery intrigues her. You can also develop your own Tarot and psychic reading ability to find the solution to your specific questions. The simplest way to develop your psychic ability is through listening to your intuitive voice. For example, you can do your own Tarot card reading, and then ask yourself what these cards really mean. Trust your own psychic ESP! After all, no one can be a better Tarot reader than yourself.

"How to Seduce the 12 Horoscope Signs" was written by Elaine Fung. Elaine Fung is an expert in horoscopes and psychic subjects. In this article she provides us with useful tips to seduce any person we like just by knowing his zodiac sign. This is a public article, so, please feel free to use our content and give credit by linking back to us.

Maria Duval - Are You Ready To Experience Your True Potential?

Are You Ready To Experience Your True Potential?
Are people responsible enough to have charge over all Earthly things? The Scriptures state that man has dominion over all living things on Earth. This act of responsibility was never surrendered to any principle, principality or demonic power. Man still has and will forever have dominion over all things alive and otherwise, on earth. Why then doesn’t humans take responsibility for what is rightfully theirs? No clue to true reality People have no clue as to their fate. Out of fear they can’t grasp the concept of dominion and cling to the mistaken idea that they could not have such a power. Fear is a paralyzing force that extinguishes hope and confidence in dominion over evil. People must come to a realization to what Truth is for their own peace of mind and future betterment. Fear holds us back Because of fear and unawareness People simply don’t think they have the ability to execute their rightful heritage. Their eyes are clouded and they can no longer see or comprehend truth. They see the world as though looking through a hazed window. They have given up their rightful place and now cling to a materialistic world. If we can get it clearly in our minds that thought is a source of power and there is no need to force or coerce, but simply contemplate the significance of an effect. Thought unused will not produce substance but merely a possibility of substance. From realizing greatness In realizing this, everything that pertains to the nature of wealth or substance already encompasses a correct spiritual principle of intent and may be invoked to advance through truthful activation of the Law of Spirit/Mind. Supply is the materialization of thought which is no more than a symbol of invisible substance which is pure spirit. If you want the symbol to materialize then you must first recognize the root of the substance. Remember, we are dealing with Absolute Causation or God’s will, there is no greater authority in all the Universe. All effect which exist as potential flows through Spirit and automatically demonstrate itself as you use the law of Causation. Idea enforces the law of Substance as supply. The mind invokes the body and surrounding aids to draw the desired substance into reality or experience. Is it impossible to get away? It is impossible to remove ourselves from the effects of Causation for cause is the substance that sustains effect. Where cause is the beginning effect is the end. Because this action/reaction element is in force all the time, it is best to always make known your request in humbleness and thanksgiving. The Law serves its master Always remember, the law of cause and effect is always the servant of the one using it. This gives the initiator a great responsibility to always use the law in a responsible manner. The law does not know good or bad it only knows its force of performance. Even though the law moves in a particular way, it never performs exactly the same given the same circumstance. Conditions are never the same so as to enact the same result. Time and conditions change with each passing moment, which creates a different scenario with each activation. There are never two accounts exactly the same in God’s creation. One action begets another If no two leaves on a tree are the same or two blades of grass; certainly no action of law is repeated the same. You can’t duplicate an action precisely the same. It may seem the same to our senses but as we race through time each event is in a different position. The bottom line is this; thought is cause and effect is its manifestation. They are simply two ends of any particular use of the law, one begins the other finishes. The law never fails only the misconception of the law guides it in a different direction. We are limited by our own insight Whatever disagreement we have within ourselves in which the right to use the law is denied for providing good or experiencing abundance and happiness, we should immediately turn to that disagreement by affirming our knowledge of its destructive possibility and turn toward reaffirming its exact opposite. The Universe we live in is a spiritual manifestation of God’s revealing himself. As such, it is governed by the action of its own Intelligence. God has no limit except that which He places on himself. In our understanding, there is no limitation, except that which we place upon ourselves, in reality all is boundless and free. We use minute particles of power in an unlimited system to achieve simple procedures that we believe to be complex. Our experience is minuscule given the possibilities of a limitless Source of power. We are allowed excess too small increments of information to control evolving conditions but even in our limitations, we marvel at technology and transformation. Limitation is a mindset In our minds we limit ourselves according to our surroundings. Our senses tell us we are limited by natural events. We can’t fly, walk on water, etc. but natural forces pertain only to material undertakings. We place ourselves in a rigid environment and believe we are also rigid, the truth is, thought has no limitations. Our senses communicate a narrow range of what is interpreted as our reality. Because our senses are limited we believe our experience is also limited. We stay within a range of recognition which is a reflection of our perception. Freedom is also a mindset There is a freedom beyond normal observation which we can all partake. In your minds eye, all is possible. “For the invisible things of him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even his eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse” Happy Trails

Donald Yates, author, Former Director of Leadership and Development Training for First Baptist Church of Crossville, and Business Development coordinator for Imperial Research , is now retired but continues to engage life through self discovery.

SAVE GAS!

Run Your Car On WATER! - - - - Join With Other Successful Women

Understanding Truth Aids in Overcoming Faulty Thinking
Creating a manualized cognitive restructuring program that is effective in helping people overcome thinking errors and self-defeating conduct is an art form that few have mastered. Is it possible to go into the subconscious mind and alter thoughts? YES! The secret lies in a book by Dr. David Hawken on truth vs. falsehoods. The truth has a power that has the ability to break through the veil of self-imposed false beliefs and help people find the truth about themselves. That is, help them realize they are so much greater than they believe they are. Creating a cognitive restructuring curriculum requires a profound knowledge of the truth, if this is lacking the written words will have no penetrating energy. In effect untrue words tumble off of the page and right onto the ground. There they curl up and die and are forgotten along with millions of other untrue words. True words raise people to higher whereas untrue words can discourage. True words contain a force that excites energies that vibrate at a frequency that people accept. It is this cognitive energy that has the ability to change faulty thinking. After years of helping victims of domestic hostility it is still enlightening to sit in class and see this self-actualization process change lives. The majority of abused women believe that they have less value than they really do. By the time they get to the 3rd or 4th session of applying true words, the truth starts to have its affect. This reprogramming is shown in their physical, psychological and emotional exhilaration. The changes for most people are extraordinary and enduring. However let us remember that cognitive restructuring counseling is an invitation to change, not a force. Change is the responsibility of the client. The main reason counseling programs are unsuccessful is because they are not structured appropriately and they contain little penetrating truth. This is because the person or people who wrote it lacked truth. People can attend psychotherapy sessions for years and years and not change because the therapist is not aligned with the truth. The truth has the ability to have a life-changing impact on people in only a matter of hours, but it must be available.

Lifeskills Counselor, Larry Lloyd, is the director of the American Community Corrections Institute (www.accilifeskills.com/contactinfo.php) which produces truth-filled cognitive restructuring programs(www.accilifeskills.com/cognitiverestructuring.php). See also their blog at www.cognitivelifeskills.com

Focus Beyond Success
Many people get really anxious when studying for the exams such as the PMP (Project Management Professional) or CAPM (Certified Associate in Project Management) and so their anxiety works against them. The reason that they are anxious is largely because of their fear of failure. We could say that their belief in the likelihood of their failure is stronger that their belief in their success. In order to find a way out of this mess, it helps to know a little of how the mind works. Everybody wants to be successful. Of course it could be argued that some people obviously want to fail in life �" but that means that they want to be successful in failing. And so when they eventually DO fail, they succeeded in achieving their life’s main goal. And that’s a level of success that few of us achieve. When aiming for a goal, it is very important to concentrate on the successful outcomes of your task, rather than on the goal itself. For example, if you are studying for the PMP exam, you should focus on what you intend to do once you have your certification, rather than just on having letters after your name. You should concentrate on the benefits after the goal is achieved, because your energy ends where you have your focus (I’ll come back to this later). For example, suppose you are playing soccer and you have to take a penalty kick. If you concentrate really hard on taking the kick, you will become anxious and may kick the ball badly. The trick is to imagine that you have just scored the winning goal. Imagine the crowd cheering -- actually hear them in your mind -- and hear them calling your name. Imagine how good the success feels, and how proud of yourself you feel. Imagine the other soccer players running up to you and hugging you and congratulating you. If you do this, then you will relax and actually score the goal. Because if you can truly make your mind believe that you can truly make something happen, then your mind will do all that it can to make it happen (this is explained by “expectancy theory”). So if you say to someone “study hard, and try hard to pass the exam,” that is a waste of time because they are already doing that, and concentrating more on the problems will make them anxious and doubt their abilities. It is much better to get them to focus beyond the end result. Tell them to think about how good they will feel when they pass the PMP exam. And how good it will feel, pinning on the little gold badge. Tell them to imagine how wonderful and proud they will feel the first day they step back into their place of work as a PMP, to give the good news to their boss. Tell them to imagine that they’re being interviewed in the future by a reporter from a big magazine, because the magazine wants to print a feature article on their successes. Tell them to imagine how good it feels to be so successful in life. Once they believe that, it will start to happen. Your energy ends where you have your focus Now, coming back to this statement. It sounds “New age”, but it’s not. A long time ago I practiced karate for a while. This is a very relaxing sport, which seems to be largely concerned with smashing things. I was trying to break wooden planks, but with no success. My understanding of the “formula” was: Strength + technique + tough hands = (whatever you like/don’t like) smashed to bits. I had the strength and the tough hands; in fact I could hit the plank repeatedly without hurting myself too much, and the technique appeared to be right too. But then, as a result of some research, I started really believing that I could break the plank. So now my formula became: Strength + belief + technique + tough hands = (whatever you like/don’t like) smashed to bits. So I focused and my mental and physical energy on a single point on the plank (and pictured it breaking) then hit it really hard. But I still couldn’t break it. Then some time later I met a really sweet girl, who had an incredible knack for smashing things, let me into her secret. She said, “Your problem is that you are focusing on the plank, but that’s were your energy ENDS, because your energy ends where you have your focus. If you want to break the plank, you have to focus on a spot 6 inches BEHIND the plank.” So once my focus (or goal) was to reach a spot behind the plank, my energy ended 6 inches behind the plank, rather than on it’s surface. I would like to say that I was able to smash the plank on my very next attempt. That was not the case, because I was still training my mind to accept the new focus. But only a few days later I was able to smash it. And I would like to say that the girl and I developed a smashing relationship, but it was not to be, because her focus lay beyond me.

Jim Owens PMP is a career Project Manager, Presenter and PMP Instructor. Director of Certification with PMI W Australia, Columnist with www.PMHub.net and Information Age Magazine. Visit Jim at http://www.PromotePM.org The Home of Project Management. Jim's Domains & Web Hosting: http://www.WebsWoven.com

The Powers Of A Positive Attitude.
I am going to ask you something very unusual right now. First of all, I want you to listen to your thoughts. Now tell me, what thoughts fill your head? Would you label them as positive, or negative?

Now let's say you are walking down the street with these thoughts. Do you think anyone would be able to tell you what’s on your mind?

The answer to number one is up to you. But, the answer number two can be pretty generic. Although people will not be able to tell you exactly what you think, they will more or less have an idea of how you are feeling.

Here's another question. When you enter a party filled with friends, do they all fall silent as if something terrible had happened? Or does everybody there perk up as if they're waiting for something exciting to happen?

You know what? The answer to all these depends on your state of mind.

Thoughts are very powerful. They affect your general attitude. The attitude you carry reflects on your appearance, too �" unless, of course, you are a great actor.

And it doesn't end there. Your attitude can also affect people the around you.

The type of attitude you carry depends on you. It can be either positive or negative.

Positive thoughts have a filling effect. They are admittedly exhilarating. Plus, the people around the person carrying positive thoughts are usually energized by this type of attitude.

Negative thoughts on the other hand have a zapping effect on other people. Aside from making you look gloomy and sad, negative thoughts can turn a festive gathering into a funeral wake.

A positive attitude attracts people, while a negative attitude repels them. People tend to shy away from those who carry a negative attitude.

We can also define attitude as the way of looking at the world. If you choose to focus on the negative things in the life, more or less you are fostering a negative attitude. However, if you choose to focus on the positive things, you are more likely carry a positive attitude.

You have much to gain from a very positive attitude. For one, studies have shown that a positive attitude promotes better health. Those with this kind of attitude also have more friends. projecting a positive attitude also helps one to handle stress and problems better than those who have a negative attitude.

A positive attitude begins with a healthy self-image. If you will love the way you are and are satisfied, confident, and self-assured, you also make others around you feel the same way.

On the other hand, a negative attitude, has the opposite effect. So, carrying a negative attitude has a twofold drawback. You feel bad about yourself, and you make others feel the same way.

If you want to have a positive attitude, you have to maintain healthy thoughts. This is actually very hard to do nowadays since all around us the media feeds us nothing but negative thoughts. A study shows that for every 14 things a parent says to his or her child, only one is positive. This is truly a depressing thought.

If you want a healthier outlook in life, you need to think happy thoughts. You also have to hear positive things as well. So, what can you do? Well, for starters, you could see a funny movie, you could play with children, or spend some time telling jokes with friends. All these activities fill you with positive stimuli, which in turn promotes positive attitude.

Although it is impossible to keep ourselves from the negative things around us, you can still carry a positive attitude by focusing on the good things, the positive things in life.

And this positive attitude you now carry can be of benefit to other people. Sometimes when other people feel down, the thing most people do is try to give them advice. But sometimes, all they need is somebody to sit with them, and listen to their thoughts and feelings. If you have a positive attitude you may be able to cheer them up without even having to say anything.

If positive attitude is really great, why do people choose to adopt a negative attitude instead? One who carries a negative attitude may be actually sending a signal for attention. So you don't misunderstand what I'm saying, feeling sad, angry, or gloomy is not wrong itself. But dwelling on these thoughts for far too long is not healthy either. There is a time to mourn, but don't continually dwell on the subject or situation; change it!

If you are inundated with troubles, even in your darkest hour, focus on the good things in life, it will always give you hope. Problems are something you can overcome.

You don't have anything to lose by adopting a healthy, positive attitude. Studies show that such an attitude actually defers aging, makes you healthier, helps you develop a better stress coping mechanism, and has a very positive effect on all the people you meet every day. So, what's not to like about a positive attitude? Adopt one today.

Make it a GREAT day!


---------------------------------------------------------------------
To find the best personal development library and home
based business opportunity available online visit:
www.SuccessNetworkGroup.com
---------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------- To find the best personal development library and home based business opportunity available online visit: www.SuccessNetworkGroup.com ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Survival of the Fittest In Dating Online
Have you ever wondered what it was that attracted a man to a woman, or vice versa? What it is about one specific individual that seems to make them irresistible to the opposite sex? Why, when everyone else is sitting home on a Friday night, they can have three dates with plans for breakfast the next morning? There are a number of different factors to be considered, but let us first take a look at the core of the situation: the science of attraction. The central component in the selection of a mate lies in the evolutionary need to continue the species. In the wild mates that were weak and unable to stand against the elements would produce weak offspring who might not be able to survive the harsh environment they would be thrust into; that is, of course, assuming they survived to adulthood themselves. The inability of their offspring to survive would lead to the end of the species; therefore, they were rarely chosen by members of the opposite sex for reproductive purposes. On the other hand, strong mates would breed strong offspring. It was primarily the males and females who had proved themselves in battle that attracted the greatest number of possible mates; they would then choose from the strongest of those, and Mother Nature's endless circle would go on, with genetics ensuring that their children were given the best opportunity to make a start in life. This is the reason that physically fit individuals receive the most attention from member of the opposite sex; it is an inbred attraction to those that are considered to be the most able physically to survive in their environment. Strength and survival of the fittest aside there is also the matter of pheromones. Pheromones are chemically secreted molecules that are produced and carried through an airborne route, causing an incredible sexual response in animals. The belief is that it allowed the animal to locate a mate with whom they would have the greatest likelihood of producing an offspring with a strong immune system. It was previously believed that humans had lost the ability to be attracted by pheromones; however, recent studies have shown that this may not necessarily be the case. A great deal of research in the role that pheromones play in human attraction is not yet available, as it is still a matter of speculation. The bottom line is that all scientific evidence pertaining to the attraction of one human to another lies in the potential to produce strong offspring. Pheromones will grant a child the best possible combination of immune systems to guarantee their well being. Physical attraction guarantees that the child will have the best chance of physically surviving to grow to adulthood. All in all, the scientific evidence present to support the baseline upon which all human attraction is based would appear to support the theory of survival of the fittest.

Terry Detty finds Free Online Dating Service and Oak Ridge TN Free Online Dating Service his passion. In addition to marketing, he enjoys reading and occasionally goes out for a short walk.  His latest interest is a new Symyrna TN Free Online Dating Service he's been using.

Is Your Success Written In The Law?
Here are six laws that are keys to effective strategy which can unlock greater success for you. These are the silent laws that are fundamental to your success throughout all the years of your life . . . as they guide you upward and onward to higher achievements. 1. The laws of control. You must be in control in every situation and at every moment; in control of your own faculties as well as any external forces that would exert pressure on you. The fact is; either you are controlling the situation or the situation is controlling you. People are being bombarded constantly by influential forces that tug and pull on their senses. These forces influence their way of thinking and how they react to any process. How well a person is able to stay in control of external stimuli indicates how well they are able to manage their influence upon it. Remember, “if God is with you, who can be against you?” 2. The law of observance Always observe what is going on around you, pay attention, be aware of the possibilities. Take note of what is not happening as well as what is. Don’t make rash judgments, weigh all possibilities before you act. While all action contains a certain amount of risk, you can reduce the odds by careful examination. Don’t make hasty judgments, plot the course then and only then . . . proceed with caution. 3. The law of value. As a leader/manager, how valuable are you to your employer? If there were a lay-off today, would you be let go, or be kept on? Make sure you know your job plus a little more. Learn multiple jobs in your workplace well because, the more you know, the more value you have. Always do your best and volunteer once in a while. 4. The law of integrity Certain qualities of character are unique to a true Christian. A true Christian can be trusted for his/her word is as good as gold. You can take what he/she says to the bank because you know they can be trusted to back up all they say. It seems trusted employees have become a rarity in today’s workplace. From padding the time sheet to small pilferage, everyone seems to be out for themselves. People get the idea the company owes them over and beyond their agreed on wages. They justify their actions by their own distorted reasoning. When a person agrees to the terms of employment, then they must live with it. If the terms are not proven to be as agreed, then you must respectfully, terminate. Integrity is the heart as it represents quality, honesty, high morals, truth, and trust. It is the only quality in a person that they have total control over, to voluntarily give up. No one can take it from you, you have to make a choice to damage your own integrity. Once you have given up your integrity, you can never get it back. 5. The law of Development Most everyone desires to be the best at what they do but few accomplish it. Why? Distractions, loss of drive, inability to focus, compliancy, and many other things undermine man’s ability to achieve. Even though man is a creative being, born of excellence, he/she rapidly becomes victim to worldly conditions and points of view. I can is replaced with I can’t, I will is replaced I won’t and so on. The trials of life creates despair in the mind and clouds thinking. Man becomes embroiled in social and cultural dogma and the world becomes a battleground of uncertainties for the senses causing a distorted perception. The world point of view is a powerful influence on the mind and becomes captivating, addictive and self destructive. The mind thinks it can’t be any better than it already is, yet we know the laws of development can and does elevate a person from failure to success. Success is a God trait inherent in mankind while failure is embracing the inconsistencies of the world order. Man, in his own right, can be anything he desires to be. From Janitor to President, man is what he aspires to be, what he/she has a passion for. You must elevate yourself above the temptations of the world. Be diligent, forthright and mature in your thinking, and always remember, each thought can potentially effect your quality of existence. 6. The law of Adaptability Many people simply can’t adapt to current conditions. When a person Requires supervision to perform basic abilities they rarely further their career. You must adapt to your surroundings. You have to fit in and become a Inspiration to those around you. Every situation in life requires you to adapt in some form or manner. Family, church, workplace, society, club all require you to adapt to the current conditions. I don’t mean give in, or cave in, but consider the options and adjust to the presented opportunity. Fit in, take part in your surroundings, be an active team player. Happy Trails

Donald Yates, Former Director of Business and Leadership Development for Imperial Research, is now retired but continues to assist young people in engaging life through self discovery, Life course planning, intuitiveness and fulfillment. Learn how you can build a powerful organization of your own. To learn more, visit Super affiliate Marketing Make Money From Home

Think Positive to Improve Your Confidence and Your Entire Life
Self confidence is one’s ability to believe in one’s self. Those with a high self confidence are optimistic, assertive, and eager individuals ready to take on the world and conquer the goals. On the other hand, people with a low self confidence find themselves often distant and despondent, constantly questioning themselves and often passive or submissive. Self confidence is the key to success in academic pursuits, athletic activities, employment field, and private life, literally every aspect of one’s life. Individuals that entertain a high sense of self confidence usually go on to phenomenally succeed, whereas individuals with a low sense of self confidence tend to be brought down by their inner demons and fail.
The trap of low self confidence is extremely easy to fall into and very difficult to remove oneself from. That tiny voice in the back of the head that criticizes, questions, and insults can easily grow louder and louder the more you listen. Instead of the traditional angel on one shoulder, those with low self confidence would find the devil there more often than not. Instead of boosting themselves up by enjoying their accomplishments or congratulating themselves on a job well done, individuals with low self esteem find their shoulder devil is constantly picking and finding fault in the midst of triumph.
They key to maintaining a high self esteem is positive thinking. Individuals that think of themselves in a positive light are more likely to have a higher self confidence than those nay-sayers in the crowd. One way to remain positive and keep an upbeat aura is to surround oneself with positive people. Avoid individuals who criticize, nit pick, and put down. These negative individuals are a sinking ship and will only bring you down with them. People who surround themselves with positive people, find it easier to maintain a high sense of a self worth and banish that devil from their shoulder. If you find yourself in a situation where you must deal with individuals with a negative outlook, confront them on the matter.
If you find yourself surrounded by so-called friends who constantly make you feel poorly about yourself and lower your self confidence, it might be time to part ways. Remember, friends, family, and loved ones are supposed to make you feel good about yourself and have your best interest at heart. This is not always the case and friends by title alone can do more harm than most enemies. Furthermore, personal relationships can have the same if not worse affect on one’s self confidence level.
Always remember to think positive, believe in yourself and your ambitions and goals and you can achieve whatever you desire.
For a greater understanding of the power of your mind and your thoughts and this can affect your financial freedom, get a copy of the original classic by Napoleon Hill titled "Think and Grow Rich"

John is the owner of the website http://www.OriginalThinkAndGrowRich.com where you can get a FREE copy of Napoleon Hill's Book Think and Grow Rich. Head over now and claim you copy, free.

Make use of GRATITUDE to attract what you want
For most of us, getting a full three meals a day is not a problem. Some of us can even afford to dine at expensive restaurants now and then! However, not everyone in this world can be just as lucky.

We should make gratitude our attitude in order to attract more positivity into our life. By giving thanks, we set ourselves in an upbeat mood and can therefore become more constructive in our thoughts and actions. This helps to draw our dreams, goals and success closer to us.

At the other extreme, if all we ever do is to grumble and complain, we slowly poison our own minds with negative thoughts and all we will get are more bad experiences coming our way. If we focus on the bad stuff, that becomes our perspective of life and only unpleasant things will happen to us. However, if we choose to focus only on the good, our outlook of life changes, and we will start to only see and attract the lovely side of life. Learning to show gratitude is one way to help us focus on the good.

So how do we start making gratitude part of our attitude? This is relatively easy as there are many opportunities abound. Every little thing that happens to us can be an occasion to give thanks to eg. waking up after a good night's sleep, having a sumptuous breakfast , getting a gift from a friend, a little help from a colleague etc. I'm sure a show of appreciation is always welcome and who knows these acts of kindness may be returned multiple folds in the future!

“To different minds, the same world is a hell, and a heaven.”
- Ralph Waldo Emerson

Let's show gratitude to make this world a heaven for ourselves and others!

More tips on how you can Achieve the Breakthrough Success that you Need! My Personal Blog is at Prospecting LIFE.

So You Have COPD And You Want To Travel
The Key To Traveling With COPD Is In The Preparation I have been suffering with COPD for ten years now, with twenty years of Asthma before that. I know what a hard time it is to do any kind of traveling for and that matter, any exercise at all. Your life doesn’t have to be one of staying at home; you can still have a somewhat active life if you follow a few precautions. Maybe you use oxygen or get tired easily and staying at home is easer than traveling or doing any extra movement at all. Getting out of the house is good for your physic and helps promote a healthier attitude. I know, having limited breathe is debilitating and hard to contend with at times. At the very least it’s a nuisance but you can function at a reasonable level, if you have a strong will to do so. Don’t become housebound The longer you allow yourself to be cooped up the worse your condition will seem to be. You will become depressed, and your reasoning for living will be questioned and if that’s not bad enough, your relationships will suffer. But wait, you don’t have to climb Mt. Everest, or run a five K race you only have to get out and take a little trip. Don’t dwell on what you used to be able to do and find out what you can do now. you can probably do a lot more than you give yourself credit for. I know, it is not only a hassle to prepare for travel it can cause an anxiety others may not understand. Remember, although others may be trying to be supportive, they aren’t you and it’s you who is contributing to your own self-imprisonment. You have to take the first step to overcome your condition and venture into the world. The world hasn’t changed, so you’re not as capable, so what �" do what you can. It’s your attitude that keeps you from experiencing life. I know what you are going through I guess by now you realize I am writing this as much for me as I am for you. I also question my ability to venture out into the world. I can’t walk more than a few feet, I no longer can have intimate relations with my spouse or play with my grandchildren but I am not dead yet. My mind is still active and I can still contribute, in a since, so I look for and try to find that which keeps me going. Now certain oxygen equipment can be brought into airports and pass through security. Some airlines will allow oxygen equipment to be used during the flight so why not take a trip to see the grandkids? If you’re like me, I don’t require oxygen but I do need a wheel chair if I am to move any distance. Hay they let people in wheel chairs enter the plane first, that’s one plus, anyway. Be upfront with your doctor Before you go you need to ask your doctor a few questions. You probably already know what they are but just in case, here they are. • How much medication will I need to last me through my trip? • What if any, over the counter drugs can I use while I travel? • Will I need extra medication? • Which rescue inhaler should I take and how often can it be used? • Should my current oxygen prescription be adjusted for the extra activity? • Who should I call if I have a problem? I am sure there are many other questions you have, just write them down so you can ask your doctor before your trip. It’s just a matter of planning ahead. What form of transportation will you be using for your trip? If you’re going by plane, check on Airport and Airline regulations before you attempt the trip. If you’re going by car, check motels along your route and make arrangements for your stay. Make sure they understand your condition and special requirements. If you’re going by train, check beforehand for any regulations that you may encounter which might hamper your traveling success. Make sure they support and are equipped to handle your special needs. Maybe you need an Attitude Adjustment Before you can attempt any form of travel you must adjust you attitude. Think I can instead of I can’t. Make your own decisions, don’t let others influence how you experience life. Step out, or at least roll out, and enjoy the pleasures of travel. It’s always good to Stay Well If COPD is your only affliction then use the rest of what you have. Using your eyes and ears won’t effect your breathing but they can bring a lot of enjoyment into your life. Using your legs, although limited, helps stimulate the heart and keeps them working to a degree. My legs swell and I can’t feel my feet most of the time but I still walk as far as I can. My spouse, God bless her, is my helpmate. If it weren’t for her, I would be out of luck. Anyway, buckle up Dubby, and take a ride. So you can’t run any more, you probably didn’t in the first place. So you can’t go bungee jumping or parachuting, you can watch, it’s safer on the ground anyway. Hay, you can play a mean video game or write articles of your experiences, see, all is not lost. Get out and take a trip Ok, so we’ve established you should take a trip, go on, enjoy yourself, don’t let COPD get you down. It may seem like a lot of extra work to travel with COPD but at least you can travel. There are a lot of people who can’t. I knew a women who had a stroke at a early age and was in a coma. For fifteen years she could not get out of bed or feed herself or anything. I thank the Lord I only have COPD, I can get out of bed, I can travel, I can be self sufficient for the most part. Be all you can be, take a trip, see the world, lay in a hot tub, do something, anything but most of all be happy. Happy trails

Donald Yates, Former Director of Business and Leadership Development for Imperial Research, is now retired but continues to assist young people in engaging life through self discovery, Life course planning, intuitiveness and fulfillment. Learn how you can build a powerful organization of your own. See How To, Run Your Car On WATER
Find Out About Self Employment

Music �" Are You Tuned in to What Your Music is Doing to You?
Music �" Are You Tuned in to What Your Music is Doing to You? I was in a nice boutique the other day and noticed a song playing that basically said “My girlfriend is a jerk” repeatedly. Then the next chorus was I love my girlfriend and I’m going to stay with her forever. This wasn’t even a country song, it was current pop music. Mixed messages in those lyrics, or what? Is it any wonder we have such confusion about relationships? Stay in ones where someone treats you badly, yet love the person you don’t like. Now that IS confusing. We are becoming so conscientious about our lives and our health. Some of us are even saying no to television. What about our music? We should really pay attention to WHAT we listen to as it can definitely put us in a good mood or a weird mood. It can even sway our feelings about our partner. I’m not saying it can put you into a bad mood because why would we consciously listen to music that is going to put us in a bad mood? The lyrics to songs definitely play on our subconscious and it does it repetitively. Remember a time when you couldn’t get a song out of your mind? Well, those songs are really placed somewhere in our subconscious for us to hook onto, particularly when we’re feeling low. One of my students asked in a class recently if the music she listens to is going to affect her. She asked this out of the blue after an offhanded discussion at lunch about what we hear affects our body, thoughts, emotions, feelings, etc. I asked her what she listened to and she sheepishly said “country western”. The entire class simultaneously said “Uh Oh”. Now country music is quite depressing as they are always talking about lost loves, drinking and other dastardly deeds. Imagine what that will do over prolonged periods of time for someone who already has a tendency to be negative. This type music can tend to make someone act more from the negative aspects they already have. Really, any music that has lyrics about lost love, hating someone, getting revenge, etc. all impact us on the subconscious level. A pregnant mother wanting a calm child will spend time listening to calm music and trying to be in a peaceful place. Why not take this into our adult lives? Masuru Emoto, author of “Message from Water”, demonstrates, visually, exactly what classical music does for water with a contrast to what hard rock music does to water. Wayne Green, founder of CD Review Magazine, founded the magazine with the purpose of getting small labels with more eclectic and balanced music out into the public and more press coverage. In the book The “Secret Life of Plants” there is documented evidence that the group of rats exposed to rock music began killing each other. Our bodies are made of mostly water �" isn’t it time to take action with what songs we listen to? I recommend to my meditation class that they turn off the music for one week while they are driving. The purpose of this is to get the students who truly wish to have peace through the aspect of meditation to realize that quiet in the car is actually very soothing. The reports back from the students are that they generally find is that they want to continue to drive more often without the radio on because they feel more relaxed. Join us in making your energy shift and listen to more happy, fun, relaxing music and see what happens to your life and your body.

Sheevaun O. Moran – author of the book Learn to Meditate in 2 Minutes, the book Shotgun Shopping – Adventures in How to Materialize Anything Through the Metaphor of Shopping and 13 Meditate and Transform CD’s. She is the founder of Energetic Solutions, I Am Success Now – Paramitas, and Good to Go Restaurants. She has authored hundreds of articles, been featured on CBS News, Japan’s version of Wall Street Journal, Los Angeles Times and many other publications. Sheevaun has personally worked with over 7,000 individuals and businesses worldwide. Her techniques are powerful energy tools to transform health, create opportunity and she always helps her clients get results FAST.

Maria Duval - Making Book Of Shadows Spell Book

Making Book Of Shadows Spell Book
If you make your own Book of Shadows, you will be able to harness more power from it.

To make one, you need a plastic 3 ring binder, some batting, some fabric, and some glue.

Lay the binder on the table so that it is open. Put the batting underneath and mark where you will cut the batting so that it can be glued to the outside of the binder.

After you are done marking the batting, you want to use your scissors to cut the batting around the outline you made.

Next, you want to lay the open binder back onto the batting. Now, lift up one end of the binder and put hot glue around the outside edges. Then press the outside edge of the binder to the batting to attach it to the binder.

First do one cover, then the binding, and then the other cover.

In the end, the batting should be securely fastened to the binder, and should come to the exact ends of the binder covers.

The binder should open and close easily.

You will now cover the binder and batting with the fabric that you selected. Lay the binder and batting covering on top of the piece of fabric. Make sure you select an area of the fabric that will give you the look that you want on the outside cover of your book of shadows. (In other words, position the binder onto the fabric so that the fabric will look how you want it to on the cover)

Next, take your felt tipped marker and mark the fabric to 2 inches around the binder.

Using the scissors, cut the fabric around the lines that you marked. You should now have a piece of fabric the perfect size to cover the binder with (with your 2 inches of cushion around the edges).

Next, lay the binder and batting cover it, on the fabric you cut out. Make sure you have an even 2 inches of fabric around the binder (lay the binder open).

Lift up one end of the binder and put hot glue around the edges of the batting.

Now bring that end of the fabric up to the batting and pat it flush with the glue you placed on the batting. Gently rub the fabric smooth.

Do the same thing with the binding, and with the other cover of the binder.

When this step is complete, the fabric should be glued around the outside of the batting on your binder. You will still have the 2 inches of fabric around the binder hanging free. We will deal with that in step 6.

Now lay the binder open on the table in front of you. Start with one of the edges of fabric and stretch it over the inside of the binder. Make sure it is taught.

Once you can see how far it will stretch, place hot glue on the inside edge of the binder and gently stretch, and rub the fabric over the glue so that it sticks.

Do this for each of the 4 edges of the open binder. In the end the 2-inches of fabric around the binder will be glued to the inside edges of the binder, but the corners of the fabric will still be up. We will deal with those in step 7.

Next, clip each corner of the fabric with scissors so that it folds neatly over into the inside corner of the binder. Once it looks good, use the hot glue to stick it to the inside cover of the binder.

Repeat with each of the 4 corners.

You've now got a nicely covered (and cushioned) Book of Shadows. Your next step is to cover the inside of the covers so that they look nice.

Cut your poster paper into 2 squares. Each square should be large enough to completely cover the inside of your binder.

Next, cut 2 pieces of fabric. Each one should be big enough to cover one side of the poster board pieces. You should have about 1 inch extra of fabric around each edge of the poster board.

Lay the poster board pieces on top of the fabric pieces you cut out. Gently fold over the edges of the fabric and use white glue to attach them along the edges of the poster board.

Using scissors, trim the corners of the fabric, and gently fold them under (like you did for the binder corners), and use white glue to stick the corners neatly to the corners of the poster board pieces.

Finally, place the covered poster board pieces with the fabric side facing up - down on the inside of the binder.

Use hot glue to glue the edges to the inside of the binder so that your insides are covered with the same fabric used to cover the outside of your Book of Shadows.

You are all done! Congratulations on your new Book of Shadows.

The secret now is to decorate the outside of your book of shadows with items, pictures, colors, and symbols that define and are special to you. Use things that create good emotions deep within you.

Creating your Book of Shadows in an image of yourself will allow you to draw maximum energy from your Book of Shadows when you do your Magick work.

All that is left is to get some 3 holed paper to place into your book of shadows, and you can begin writing your Magick work in it's pages.

Record your journey through the world of Magick, and also don't forget to try to use it as a Magick diary, recording your experiences in life each night before going to bed.

The more positive energy you put into the creation of your Book of Shadows, the more power you can draw from it when doing your spells and rituals.

Rose has been practicing different forms of Witchcraft for over 27 years. For more information on creating book of shadows spells visit her site The Ask Rose Ariadne Witchcraft Site"

Maria Duval - Wealth And The Pursuit Of Financial Freedom

Wealth And The Pursuit Of Financial Freedom
Is Financial Freedom for the Masses? Financial freedom Has different meanings for different folks. What does it mean too you? Does it mean being free from a job that is going nowhere, credit cards, house payments or just the burden of making ends meet? To some it means giving more to the Church, School, community, or where ever a need lies. Or, it may simply mean freedom from a particular burden? Just think, no more financial worries, or anxieties. But wait - why aren’t you wealthy now? What has been holding you back? Perhaps you are not willing to do what is necessary for wealth? What price are you willing to pay? What are you willing to do now that you were not willing to do yesterday? What has changed? Are you more desperate, mature, willing, when you woke up this morning? Why do you believe you can do it now, when you didn’t in times past? Hogwash! You’re not ready! Until you can stand and make a declaration of independence Self-Help Programs Don’t Work I have seen and you have also, there thousands of self-help programs, articles, books, magazines, conferences and so on available to the public. I bought several programs myself in my youth. It doesn’t matter how much information is available, people won’t listen or pay attention. They may have good intentions and truly want to change, but unless there is some sort of stimulus, they won’t change. Many people say, “Yes, I will do what I have to do" but when the going gets tough, they fold like a wet rag. They have no imagination; their attitude doesn't match their mouth. They can’t handle nor do they want to face change. They are comfortable in what they do. Day in and day out they follow their self made, hollow avenues of mediocrity. They look at the person of wealth and claim it’s beyond their grasp, so they don’t even try. What if, what if . . . I fail! Everyone would laugh and jeer, I, I wouldn’t be able to face them �" my family, friends, co workers. I would loose face, everyone would think I was a joke. Who’s Paying the Bills? When was the last time your friends offered to pay your bills? When was the last time your friends put something in the offering plate . . . in your name? Chances are, the answer is �" never. You are responsible for you, not your friends, family or co workers. They might come to the rescue if you were drowning but I assure you, they will turn away at the mere mention of money. Your success is in your hands, alone. You must be stimulated The pursuit of Wealth is not so much in having the right information as it is in personal ambition. All the information in the world will not help a person with no ambition. It takes an internal stimulus to change the outside character. You must have internal desire, for whatever reason, but it must come from the heart. Why should you make a change at this particular time in your life? Family, spouse, God, self improvement; why should you change? Why should you pursue and dedicate yourself to a principle you didn’t believe in before? Another thing, don’t let outside influences become your driving force, they won’t last. I can’t say that to be true one hundred percent of the time. There are many stories of people who excelled in their fields because of a very influential Grandmother. Unless you have a supportive person in your life, you will have to do it on your own. You must be able to dream Dreams are good, they excite the soul. Once your dreams are stimulated, you can then assess what changes that must be made within you so you can accept them as yours. Then and only then is when you can begin to focus on the process of application, as you set them into your personal foundation for success. Without a foundation, a hard rock starting point, you will always be in danger of slipping back into oblivion. You must know why you are willing to sacrifice for wealth and be willing to take the first step. . You must define your ambition First, define what wealth means to you. Wealth has a different meaning for different people. As we discussed before, you must believe in your rationality. Don't make the mistake of making your spouse's or your parent's ideas of success, your own. Success is a personal commitment. It's what moves you, inspires you, triggers your emotions, motivates you, and brings out the true you. It’s between you and a deeper principle within your soul guiding, prodding, and coxing you toward your destiny. It wakes you from the dead and stimulates life into your inner being so you may pursue greatness. What matters is what is your most personal desire, what sets you on fire? Do you awake each morning with a new, invigorating purpose for being and can’t wait to get started? The day is yours and it is high time you clamed it. Your must be focused You can’t see the goal if your not focused. Oh you might know it’s there, but you won’t have a clear picture of it. You have been looking at the target through a fog. You must clear the air and get focused on the task at hand. That’s why higher learning facilities get paid so much, they teach people how to focus. You can’t hit the target without first focusing on it. "Life is a series of experiences, each one of which makes us bigger, even though it is hard to realize this. For the world was built to develop character, and we must learn that the setbacks and grief’s which we endure help us in our marching onward." - Henry Ford Until the next time . . . Happy Trails

Donald Yates, Former Director of Business and Leadership Development for Imperial Research, is now retired but continues to assist young people in engaging life through self discovery, Life course planning, intuitiveness and fulfillment. Learn how you can build a powerful organization of your own. See How To, Run Your Car On WATER
Self Employment

The Power of Mind State
The power of mind state is critical in determining your success when starting a home based business. It will be the foundation on which your empire stands. The majority of people who want to start a home based business online or offline fail to do so mainly because they don't have the right type of mind state power to overcome the obstacles associated with completing such a task. The biggest hurdle you will ever face is fear. Fear is the number one thing that holds people back from not only achieving their dreams but from even attempting them in the first place. The power of mind state when mastered erases the fear of failure and the doubt of a successful outcome.

Another big obstacle of the mind when dealing with venturing out into unknown territory is anxiousness. Anxiousness related to business usually comes in the form of worrying about how fast you will make any money, especially the amount of money that was required for you to start your business in the first place. This is known as seed money or start up capital. It is extremely important to give yourself a reasonable amount of time to break even and or make a profit from your new found venture. If you are familiar with the secret movie at all then you know about affirmations. Without getting to detailed, for those of you who don't know about affirmations, it is simply a positive statement that you say to yourself or read out loud to build your level of positive thinking. The real significance of this practice is to train and reprogram your subconscious mind to approach life in a positive outlook rather than a negative thought process. For example, when you believe that failure has little to no chance of happening and success happens easily and frequently, you have done a very successful job of reprogramming your subconscious.

Most people tend not to think positive on a regular basis. There is always a what if or worst case scenario mind state when most people think about something that is challenging. This is especially true for an aspiring entrepreneur. Affirmation is one way to change your belief into that which operates as ones spiritual belief. Regardless of denomination, when it comes to spiritual belief, most are able to possess as well as express their faith easily. Faith is believing in that which you can not see. Meaning even though you haven't any physical evidence, you still believe without doubt that your perception of the spiritual aspects of this world are correct and without flaw. Sadly, the opposite is true when pertaining to things outside of the spiritual realm. Many approach things in a see to believe mentality which automatically causes you through subconscious action to put less effort into it. I mean why do something if you don't believe their will be a positive outcome or if you don't have a positive outlook that the results of your efforts will pay off. This is why those who don't play lottery or gamble choose not to do so. They don't believe they will win and therefore participating is pretty much a waste of time and money.

While logically gambling and lottery do have a certain risk aspect to it, we all have seen or heard of people who gamble as a profession. Well why can one person see it as extremely risky to gamble while another can actually do it as his or her profession and earn a living through it. The simple answer is mind state. The professional simply doesn't look at it the way the non gambler does and just do to this different mind-state the professional has enough success with it that they're able to earn a living with it. If you go back and look at starting a business you will see the similarities here because their is risk associated with starting a business as well. Although the risk level does vary between gambling and starting a business, the simple fact that there is even a risk is what stops a person from starting a business the same way it keeps them from gambling. Therefore the level of risk plays very little role and it is really the individuals mind state towards risky things that is the real factor. Some people just aren't capable of taking risk so they play it safe or what I should say is perceived a safe to them, which is normally getting a job.

However is important to recognize that all this is nothing more than the outcome of each individuals thinking. If you were to go around and survey people asking them what they would do if they knew they couldn't fail, you'd find that almost everyone will give you an answer that is completely different from what it is they are currently doing. Thus meaning that one of the only reasons that don't attempt or are not doing that very thing now is because they think they will fail at it. We are all people so what makes an actor, musician, athlete or businessman so popular. It is merely because a lot of people look at that actor, athlete, musician, or businessman as someone who is able to do things that they don't feel they could do in their own life. However, most of these that are performed can be taught and learned. Sure there is natural talent and abilities. There is also different levels of ability but if you look in the yellow pages I am pretty sure you will find acting schools, music schools, numerous colleges and places to learn different skills and trades.

The power of mind state in a quick sum up is basically a theory that goes if a person doesn't believe, they usually don't succeed and a lot of times they don't even try to begin with. It is not that your thinking causes mysterious positive things to happen. It is that your thinking controls your action and your action creates the life you have. Thinking in a certain matter will change your actions and behaviour to that which will bring you prosperity rather than that of a person who believes they can't. Look around you. The car, the plane, train, space shuttle, telephone, light bulb, computer, television, Internet and more all exist because someone believed they could create it. Through that belief they took action to create it and through that action it now exist. If they didn't think they could do it, they never would have. The funny thing is that while they were busy creating, there was someone right there telling them that it couldn't be done. There is always those people who say it can't be done but numerous times throughout history, that which was suppose to be unable to be done was indeed done. This is still happening today. So what are you? Are you a naysayer who goes against everything only to see it still transpire before your very eyes or are you the one who uses the power of the mind state to create that which others believe can't be done?

Either way, the power of the mind state is at work and I hope from reading this that you have come to recognize this. To master control of mind and change your subconscious level of thinking is a task that takes dedication and commitment. It is not easy to reprogram yourself to go against everything you have been taught, exposed to and believe. The first key is to believe in yourself. By trusting yourself it will make it easier to allow yourself to reprogram yourself. I'm pretty sure you have heard the phrase that your own worst enemy is yourself. Well the reason that is true is because we tend to fight ourselves and not get out of our own way in life. It's not anyone else holding you back. It is just your own doubt that you can do it that keeps you from going for it. You don't want to go out of your comfort zone. You don't want to face your fears but this is necessary to become the a true master of your own mind. Your power lies within your state of mind and when you learn how to control your mind, you will really understand how much power you possess. I will leave you with this: whatever you believe is true is true for you. Regardless of if anyone else believes, practices or follows it, it is still true for you. So until you are able to believe in yourself, you can believe in those that are like and where you want to be. That is team. That is community. Leverage the belief of others until your own belief is in a place where you need it to be.

I am an Internet marketer and I use the power of mind state within my life to have success not only in business but in all aspects of my life.

If you have found this article helpful or which to learn more principles free of charge then feel free to visit my site. Michael Williams is a successful internet marketer and real estate investor who specializes in helping others start or develop their own businesses. Furthermore he teaches how to control your way of thinking and your approach towards business ownership and investments.

Life is a Mind Game, Play To Excel in Life!
Life is full of ups and downs. It would be abnormal if you feel emotionally high all the time so it is actually alright to feel lousy and low sometimes especially in times of hardship. However, to still remain in a lousy state even when the troubled times are over is simply unacceptable. Life is like a mind game. You can either choose to live your life as you desired or you can choose to live in a life of ruins.

They say you are what you eat. That must also be true with your thoughts. You are what you think. Your will is an extremely powerful tool that can set the events that will ultimately happen in your life. Your resolve spells all the difference in the world you tread. It can either bring you success or misfortune. Therefore, the best way to do it is to make it work to your advantage. Learn to control your life through a consistently empowering strength of mind.

Always think of positive thoughts and let positive thoughts overwhelmed your mind. Even in your darkest period of your life, stay positive and have an optimistic attitude that things will change for the better. We all experience our darkest period of our life but to let such highly unhealthy thoughts to be inputted into our powerful mind is definitely unwise. Do not let negative thoughts to control you, you control the negative thoughts. Obstacles and events will happen in life, if you can control them, go ahead and do it, if you can't, move on with your life with a optimistic attitude.

Read between the lines. Life is always not what it seems. You need to go deeper and understand the true meaning of it. Sometimes things do happen for a reason and they may be chances for you to know more about yourself and learn from it. A simple and innocent event may be more than what you think and it may have the power to change you. Be able to read deep into the event and discover the beauty of the event. Life is just simply more than just never ending malice. Concentration camp survivors learned this lesson the hard way. Nevertheless, they tried to squeeze the meaning of their suffering and let hope be their guiding light. Things often happened for a reason.

Feed from positive sources. When you were young, you probably thought once you are done with your formative years in school, education stops. You discovered it is not the case. You can never outgrow the need to educate yourself. Your experiences can get you through tough times, but they are not enough. You need to embrace other people’s experiences as well. Life is one big circle of humanity. Be one with the community. Contribute and share your personal knowledge. Study and hear out the rich history of successful people.

You are what you think so it is up to you to take the challenge and live your life according to the merits of your willpower.

Discover the secret behind the Mind Power and Law of Attraction

I have just completed my brand new report to the subconscious mind, Mind Power Hacks
Download it free here:
Discover The Power of the Subconscious Mind

How to Stop Contradicting Your Affirmations
The reason you use affirmations is to reprogram your brain, beliefs, and habits or attachments to negative beliefs and behaviors so you get the outcomes you desire . . . right? If you practice self-sabotage in this area, here are a few pointers to assist you.

Affirmations are often thought of as feel-good statements, and they certainly should be; but if you have little to no belief that there is truth to a statement, Law of Attraction will perform perfectly and you will wonder why the shift or result you desire is not happening.

An affirmation states something is a truth, no matter what has happened before. This gets tricky because if you believe the past as true evidence or proof (rather than a result of your beliefs and thoughts), it can be a challenge to believe the affirmation over the false proof that demonstrated otherwise.

Stating and repeating an affirmation that your inner voice contradicts means, without realizing it, you just affirmed (stated as a fact) the contradiction as your reality . . . not the original affirmation.

"As thou hast believed, so be it done unto thee," explains exactly how Law of Attraction works. It doesn't say as you hope or wish, but as you believe. If you state an affirmation and return to struggling as before, you miss the point. Law of Attraction works for you to the degree you believe it can or does.

It is vital that you replace an old belief that no longer serves you (and this includes what you call facts) with the energy vibration of what you now claim as your new reality. Even starting by believing in the possibility it can be your reality has a higher vibration than believing it cannot. You can hold the vibration of new possibilities and outcomes of the affirmation as your truth.

Believing doesn't mean have a belief as much as it means have faith. Faith comes from true knowing, from knowing the Truth. Spirit is an absolute presence in your life because it is All That Is and all you are. Law of Attraction is a force, a tool, and it works without fail by matching your vibrations. Spirit uses Law of Attraction to receive and respond to your requests and as the means to allow you to self-evolve. But even Spirit follows the Law and responds in direct proportion to what you believe and how much you believe it.

Belief comes from intellect; faith comes from absolute trust in the Truth of Spirit and that Law of Attraction works every time. It is a feeling. It is a knowing as a result of having a genuine, ongoing relationship with Spirit and conscious use of the Law. Ask yourself what such a relationship looks and feels like to you. If this is not your current experience, ask Spirit to show you how to make it so and how to understand Law of Attraction. Your request will be answered.

And remember: beliefs change; truths never do.

Joyce Shafer, L.E.C., is the 4P Power Coach (jls1422@yahoo.com). 4P Power Coaching is for those who wish to use a spiritual approach (and tools) to life and business through conscious use of Law of Attraction. Details, free newsletter, quiz, and more at http://www.freewebs.com/coach4lifebalance ~ Books, reviews, preview chapters at www.lulu.com, including Law of Attraction Alchemy, which includes 64 powerful affirmations � with a twist!

Desire of a Flower
Desire of a Flower Our passions moved like the wind. Desire burned like flames until there was nothing left. The scent of her and the smell of a flower, for me, are as one. The long lasting memory of her touch, her taste, fuels my burning heart, after what seems like eons. To know, and to have, but too of lost is a pain and a joy of moments long passed into the hopelessness of need. Fate moves her hand in unfair ways. Looking, seeking, asking, but never finding; is a rode for the dammed. Hoping, trusting, being, is the path for the meek, for someday, someway, somehow I will find the desire, of a flower, once more. You can comment on this article at: Datawinds Comment Also come by webmasterdelux.com for my development site and more info. We also invite you to come by datawinds.net and start playing games for cash.

Started in computer repair and software design at the age of 15. Been in web development since 1993(like before the dot com boom). My major skills are: Creating, updating and maintaining multiple web sites. Web Programming, Template Design, Script installations, and Website migration. Designing graphics, logos and animation(CUSTOM FLASH DESIGN) for websites. Collaboration with content providers. Content writer and SEO expert. Overseeing and driving day-to-day website operations. Creating processes for posting content to websites. Ensuring web site quality, performance and reliability. And Much more...

Engineer turns his life around with Roadmap to Riches, and will teach to do the same.
At 32, he was introduced to the world of MLM (Muti-level marketing). With the Multiple challenges have lead now 37-year-old William Blue to finding a fully automated marketing system that works like a charm. In 2002, the 15 year Robotic Engineer William Blue was introduced to the world of MLM. And as we know most MLM have you writing down list of everyone you know. One organization William worked for had him call everyone from his cell phone, as well as having him hang out at the gas station. WOW! I don’t know about you, but you have got to be pretty bold to hang out at the gas station. Or as William said “ Willing to do what ever it takes “. Well need less to say that particular company was shut down. All the time spent at weekly meetings and money spent was all for not. Thus this turned William off to any and all MLM opportunities. Well it has been a little over 5 years since William had looked at any type of Business, until now. In June of 2007 he was introduced to the world of Internet marketing, and direct sales. He really saw a way for him to retire and live the life he and his family have always dreamed of. He realized it was going to take a lot of hard work, consistency, and dedication to earn the type of income through this venture. According to William’s research the three main reasons for failure in the world of make money online in a home based business are the need to prospect, have the time, and closing the sale. Prospecting; This is relatively simple to do…remember this is from a guy that hung out at the gas station prospecting. However most people are not ready to do that so they end up buying leads from lead brokers for as much as $5 a lead. Well with the system William and his team have you will not need to pay for leads. William will show you how to get all the leads you need for FREE. Yes I said Free! Time; In the fast-paced world of today we find ourselves involved in all kinds of activities, from our careers, family duties, religious activities, entertainment, etc.. And seldom do we have the time for anything else, let alone a business of your own. William has found this to be true, as he lost one of his business projects due to his full-time job, family and friends. “ I would spend 50-70 hours a week at my job, it was as if my job was interfering with my life.” William explains. Sale; One of William‘s friends who has become a millionaire in the world of make money online with a home based business believes that “selling” is not a skill, but a art. The reality is that most of us do not like to sell, we don’t like to be pushy, and we don’t like rejection. That’s why the system William has in place will do the closing for you. His team is currently making 3-5 sales a day using this system. In June 2007 William came across an online program that is proving to be the answer to all his payers- Roadmap to Riches. This is the hottest thing on the internet. Personal Development is a $9 Billon dollar per year industry and growing at an unbelievable rate. This industry is Booming and positioning yourself to take advantage of a growing trend. Roadmap to Riches couldn’t have come at a better time. So you don’t think the Personal Development and Self-improvement Industry has a market big enough to earn a healthy six-figure income. Well we thought the same thing, so we did some research online on several different areas of self-improvement/personal development, and the results the came back were shocking. When we saw the numbers, we couldn’t believe our eyes. And this is why William has joined Roadmap to Riches. There are some companies selling courses, even seminars from as little as $1,000 all the way up to $20,000 or more, all because people are craving this kind of informational products on how to better themselves. These products are nothing like the products from, EDC, Perfect Wealth Formula, or Wealth Magnet. Many of these companies are selling out dated software that no one will ever use. We are not saying that Roadmap to Riches is for you, but with the personal development/ Self-improvement products and the system and the support William Blue has in place you owe it to your self to give him a call. William Blue can be contacted at 520-568-2369 and at http://www.retirewithblue.com/

William Blue a Robotic Engineer & Internet Marketer has joined forces with Marketing Master Rich Ramalho in a quest to teach Home Business seekers and Internet Newbies how to make real money online.

What Were You Thinking? Are You Listening?
Do you remember the TV commercial from years ago that ended with the phrase: "The mind is a terrible thing to waste"? I guess I am dating myself here, but that is a very prolific statement.

I find it interesting that not many people pay a great deal of attention to what goes into their mind. After all, the mind is the single most important factor in determining who you are and what you do as an individual.

If your mind is positive and creative, you can achieve your goals and realize your dreams. Many of the highly successful people you see in the news today spent a great deal of time to work on improving their minds.

On the other hand, if your mind is negative or inactive, it's very likely you will not achieve all you are capable of in your life. I imagine if you analyze the lives of some of the most notorious people in the world you may discover that they fed their minds with negative thoughts at one point or another.

The question then becomes:

Are you born with a positive or negative mind?

I believe you are born with neither.

In my opinion, you develop your mind by what you put into it, and it is an ever-changing “being”, just as you are a product of your life experiences. A positive mind creates an inner beauty which radiates to the surface.

If you are continually putting negative information into your mind, the results tend to be negative thoughts and ultimately negative actions.

However, I also believe no matter how much negativity you have in your mind, you can overcome it with positive input. So, if you want the positive and creative thoughts, it is pertinent to always get the right kind of information into your mind.

The most common way to do this is by reading the right kinds of books, books that promote positive thinking, or at least have an underlying positive message. Sadly, because of the great demand on your time in this ‘drive-up-window’ world you live in, reading a book often gets omitted or pushed aside because of your busy schedule. You are busier than ever and time has become a dwindling commodity.

Sound familiar?

Thankfully, with the advent and popularity of audio books, anyone can get the right information into his or her mind without having to try and find the time to read during a busy day.

Now, you can "listen" to books, seminars, lectures and podcasts while you're on-the-go, and when you don't have time to read. And since today's selection of downloadable audio books is not limited to just fiction and literary works, but runs the gamut from how-to manuals to business books and self-help information, you will find that you can download an unlimited amount of information into your brain.

Not only can you fill your mind with positive thoughts, but you also can learn a skill, enjoy a murder mystery or an epic romance novel, and even increase your cultural literacy.

You can enjoy the benefits of audio books while exercising, commuting to and from your work, spending time on your hobby, walking the dog, etc. Or, at the end of that stressful day, you can relax with your favorite audio book, even with the lights off.

When time permits, grab a good positive book.

When time is limited, “listen” to what the book has to say.

So, hop off the "down escalator" and rise up above the crowd by putting some positive thoughts into your mind with a book or an audio book.

Here are some suggested books to get you started:

1. Build Your Self Esteem
Author: Glenn Harrold
Publisher: Diviniti Publishing

2. Awaken the Giant Within
Author: Anthony Robbins
Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio

3. Develop a Powerful Memory
Author: Glenn Harrold
Publisher: Diviniti Publishing

4. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People
Author: Stephen R. Covey
Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio

5. How to Win Friends & Influence People
Author: Dale Carnegie
Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio

6. Feel the Fear and Do it Anyway
Author: Susan Jeffers
Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio

7. The Power is Within You
Author: Louise L. Hay
Publisher: Hodder Headline Audio books

8. Creating Inner Peace and Calm
Author: Glenn Harrold
Publisher: Diviniti Publishing

9. Get Up and Do It!
Publisher: BBC Books

Explore a vast selection of downloadable audio books in over 160 categories from the world's leading publishers. http://dluxaudio.com Randy Luxinger provides unique custom content, generous commissions and helpful tips to his dluxaudio affiliates. http://www.dluxaudio.com/affiliate.html

Is Your Success Written In The Law?
Here are six laws that are keys to effective strategy which can unlock greater success for you. These are the silent laws that are fundamental to your success throughout all the years of your life . . . as they guide you upward and onward to higher achievements. 1. The laws of control. You must be in control in every situation and at every moment; in control of your own faculties as well as any external forces that would exert pressure on you. The fact is; either you are controlling the situation or the situation is controlling you. People are being bombarded constantly by influential forces that tug and pull on their senses. These forces influence their way of thinking and how they react to any process. How well a person is able to stay in control of external stimuli indicates how well they are able to manage their influence upon it. Remember, “if God is with you, who can be against you?” 2. The law of observance Always observe what is going on around you, pay attention, be aware of the possibilities. Take note of what is not happening as well as what is. Don’t make rash judgments, weigh all possibilities before you act. While all action contains a certain amount of risk, you can reduce the odds by careful examination. Don’t make hasty judgments, plot the course then and only then . . . proceed with caution. 3. The law of value. As a leader/manager, how valuable are you to your employer? If there were a lay-off today, would you be let go, or be kept on? Make sure you know your job plus a little more. Learn multiple jobs in your workplace well because, the more you know, the more value you have. Always do your best and volunteer once in a while. 4. The law of integrity Certain qualities of character are unique to a true Christian. A true Christian can be trusted for his/her word is as good as gold. You can take what he/she says to the bank because you know they can be trusted to back up all they say. It seems trusted employees have become a rarity in today’s workplace. From padding the time sheet to small pilferage, everyone seems to be out for themselves. People get the idea the company owes them over and beyond their agreed on wages. They justify their actions by their own distorted reasoning. When a person agrees to the terms of employment, then they must live with it. If the terms are not proven to be as agreed, then you must respectfully, terminate. Integrity is the heart as it represents quality, honesty, high morals, truth, and trust. It is the only quality in a person that they have total control over, to voluntarily give up. No one can take it from you, you have to make a choice to damage your own integrity. Once you have given up your integrity, you can never get it back. 5. The law of Development Most everyone desires to be the best at what they do but few accomplish it. Why? Distractions, loss of drive, inability to focus, compliancy, and many other things undermine man’s ability to achieve. Even though man is a creative being, born of excellence, he/she rapidly becomes victim to worldly conditions and points of view. I can is replaced with I can’t, I will is replaced I won’t and so on. The trials of life creates despair in the mind and clouds thinking. Man becomes embroiled in social and cultural dogma and the world becomes a battleground of uncertainties for the senses causing a distorted perception. The world point of view is a powerful influence on the mind and becomes captivating, addictive and self destructive. The mind thinks it can’t be any better than it already is, yet we know the laws of development can and does elevate a person from failure to success. Success is a God trait inherent in mankind while failure is embracing the inconsistencies of the world order. Man, in his own right, can be anything he desires to be. From Janitor to President, man is what he aspires to be, what he/she has a passion for. You must elevate yourself above the temptations of the world. Be diligent, forthright and mature in your thinking, and always remember, each thought can potentially effect your quality of existence. 6. The law of Adaptability Many people simply can’t adapt to current conditions. When a person Requires supervision to perform basic abilities they rarely further their career. You must adapt to your surroundings. You have to fit in and become a Inspiration to those around you. Every situation in life requires you to adapt in some form or manner. Family, church, workplace, society, club all require you to adapt to the current conditions. I don’t mean give in, or cave in, but consider the options and adjust to the presented opportunity. Fit in, take part in your surroundings, be an active team player. Happy Trails

Donald Yates, Former Director of Business and Leadership Development for Imperial Research, is now retired but continues to assist young people in engaging life through self discovery, Life course planning, intuitiveness and fulfillment. Learn how you can build a powerful organization of your own. To learn more, visit Super affiliate Marketing Make Money From Home

You Can't Think Banana and Expect a Peach
You can't think on limitations and expect to be freed from them. The Law of Attraction will give you a reflection (experience) of your thoughts every time.

Neither the Universe nor the Law of Attraction can, or will, free you from any self-imprisonment. The free will given to you by Source/Spirit allows you to hold the key and ability to move your mind into or out of any self-imposed "prison" you place yourself into. The Law is only able to follow your orders. Your orders are your thoughts.

You can begin your path to freedom. You can become aware of how and how often you self-imprison. You can find what you need . . . your key . . . to choose the experience of life you desire, moment-by-moment.

Often, because we perceive lack in some area or areas of our life, when we hear or read anything about the Law of Attraction, especially from those who've created wealth in their lives, we focus on using the Law to get more "fish." Right use of the Law isn't about getting more fish; it's about becoming skilled at fishing.

Like attracts like.

If you want to attract more and better, you need to think more "better" thoughts. Einstein said, "No problem can be solved from the same level of consciousness that created it."

Use of the Law is not about getting what you want; it's about understanding why you get what you get, and understanding how to get what you really want . . . first, at the inner level then at the outer.

We don't make things happen (create/manifest), we open a channel through our thoughts, faith, and understanding of the Law so they may happen. They don't happen through concentration (strain). They happen through allowing (flow). The moment you feel yourself forcing anything, including your thought, you've gone off-center. You put the thought of your desire into a mental form, absolutely trust Divine Intelligence has the right answer or way, and you remain available to take inspired, appropriate action.

When we follow this manner of igniting a manifestation, it's important to hold the Truth of Spirit and how the Law works from an inner state of calm trust. Place a thought into the field and return to inner and outer struggle (especially inner), and you negate what you aim for as an outcome. Doubt and trust cannot occupy the same space at the same time.

1. Accept there is no separation between you and Spirit/Source.
2. Know the Law of Attraction will perform (match) according to your mental/feeling vibrations.
3. Trust Divine Intelligence of Spirit and accept it is in you and you are an expression of it. Trust its perfection.
4. Remain open to inspired information and ideas.
5. Choose faith and trust in Divine Intelligence . . . no matter what.
6. Take right action you feel inspired to take, not compelled to force. If what you desire in no way infringes on another and expands your experience, why shouldn't it happen . . . unless there is something even better you haven't imagined.
7. Allow what you desire to experience (or even better) to be yours. If an opposing thought or doubt enters your mind, say, "Cancel" or "Delete;" and superimpose the image and feeling of experiencing what you desire over such thoughts.

You cannot hold the thought of "banana," yet expect the peach you desire.

Be one of the 20 people to sign up before August 31 for the Spiritual/Life Empowerment Do-Over online workshop and one-on-one coaching program. Details available at http://www.freewebs.com/coach4lifebalance / Joyce Shafer (jls1422@yahoo.com) is a Spiritual/Life Empowerment Coach and writer based in New York City. Her books that move you forward in life are available at lulu.com and her Website.

Maria Duval - How To Use Magical Amulets

How To Use Magical Amulets
Magic amulets have long been associated with many different traditions. From the ancient Egyptians to the druids to modern day witches and wiccans, magic amulets are symbols of power that can not only be a focal point for your rituals and spells, but can be worn with you wherever you go. Magical amulets provide amazing value within wicca, the occult, and witchcraft. The energies contained within various different amulets can surround your body always whenever you wear them. Providing you a constant source of these energies. If you worship a certain deity you can use the amulets as a form of an offering. In this way you can take your magical amulet and as you hold it, say a prayer to your deity and then place it on your altar as an offering each night before bed, or each morning when you awake. The deities will be sure to smile down upon you for this act of good faith on your part. Amulets used in such a fashion can still be used in rituals and spells, and still worn. However, if you are going to use them as an offering it is best to cleanse and purify your magical amulet each time after you use it in a ritual, spell, or if you have worn it all day and night before making the offering to your deity. In rituals and spell work they can be used as a tool or as symbolic symbols to amplify your energies. They can either be used just for your rituals and spells as sacred objects, or they can be used, cleansed, then worn around your neck once again. Magical Amulet that involve protection are perhaps the most powerful ones you can obtain. There are many different types of protection amulets however, when worn, these amulets can help prevent negativity and dark entities from being drawn to you and attacking or draining your energies. The versatility and usability of magical amulets are incredible. Many amulets already come pre-charged and energized. Other amulets need to be charged and energized by you. Either way however, you can charge your magical amulets quite easily with the proper steps. Some of these steps will be outlined here, and with the many different amulets you can obtain, this post will just go into a few examples. Charging Your Magical Amulets The first way to use a magical amulet would be to wear it with you wherever you go. However, before you wear it is always best to charge and strengthen the amulet before you place it around your neck. In order to do this effectively, take the amulet and wait to perform this ritual when the moon is full. The best time is around 2am-4am and on a Friday night. Meditate while burning some incense that represents that of which you wish to obtain. For example if you wish to have a love amulet, you can use amber, dragon's blood, jasmine, or love named incense. Be sure you are holding your magical amulet in your hand this entire time, and while meditating imagine the energies that wish to have come to you flow through your body and being channeled into the amulet. If you wish for love then imagine love, joy, and fiery passion flowing through your body. If your amulet is meant for prosperity or money, imagine wealth, prosperity, and abundance flowing through you and into your amulet, and then use the appropriate incense for wealth(prosperity named, musk, high john the conqueror). Perform this and charge this amulet in this fashion for as long as possible(a half hour is ideal). Once the ritual is done, let the incense burn completely out and then place the amulet into a velveteen bag that is sprinkled with herbs that represent that of which you wish to use the amulet for. For example if you have a love amulet use herbs such as lavender, rose hips, rose petals, jasmine flowers, and ginseng. Place the velveteen bag in a safe place for a period of seven days. After seven days has passed, you can take your magical amulet out and then wear it around your neck and the energies will be within the amulet, all charged and ready to help you. The other way to charge and use a magical amulet would be to perform the above steps however instead of wearing the amulet, leave it in the velveteen bag and then carry it around with you in your pocket when you are out and about, and then when you sleep, place it under your pillow or within the pillow sheet when you retire at night. If you wish to use your magical amulet as a tool in your rituals instead of wearing it or using it to attract things into your life, one way you can use your amulets in your rituals would be as follows. If for example you are performing a ritual of protection to protect yourself or your home, you would open up your circle and perform your normal routine as you would any other ritual to begin with. During your ritual, hold your magical amulet in your hand as you meditate and perform the ritual and visualize protective energies coming out of the amulet and into your home or into you. In this fashion your amulet then becomes a ritual tool to be use during your rituals and spells instead of the ONLY item being used in a ritual or spell. Cleansing Your Magical Amulets Your magical amulet should be routinely cleansed and dowsed like any other ritual tool in your wiccan supplies, witchcraft supplies, and occult supplies collection. When cleansing an amulet there two simple easy ways to do so that is not very time consuming and doesn't necessarily need to be done within a ritual for cleansing(unless of course you prefer that method) The first way to cleanse your amulet would be to light some sage incense or a sage smudge stick and wave the amulet through the smoke a number of times. You can say a prayer as you perform this if you wish. The sage smoke will cleanse and renew your amulet. Another way to cleanse your magical amulet would be to make up a bucket or bowl with some water and salt. Ensure that the salt is completely dissolved and then simply dunk your amulet into the water a few times to begin with then place within the water and leave it in there for roughly 2-5 minutes. Do not keep your amulets in the water too long because the salt can damage the amulet and make them rust, tarnish, or become unusable.(do NOT perform this if your amulet is made of wood) Remember that magical amulets only are as good as their owner. If you want them to work properly and to help you bring that of which you seek, ensure to follow the steps above and they will bring you a constant source of strong energies for that of which you desire. Resources and Information: If you wish to view different styles of magical amulets, or if you would like to purchase one you can do so here:
Magical Amulets

Moon's Light Magic also has an information blog about ritual tools, wicca, witchcraft, the occult, paranormal, and divination where you can learn everything you need to know on these subjects:
Wicca & WitchCraft Information Blog
If you have a wiccan, pagan, and occult shop and are looking for a reliable wholesaler for your products, visit Wiccan Supplier for all your wholesale needs. Wiccan Supplier offers 40% off retail price on all their products.
Wholesale Wiccan Supplies

EFT or Emotional Freedom Technique - A Most Effective Self Help Treatment
Gary Craig attended a course on TFT - Thought Field Therapy (Dr. Roger Callaghan) but considered it to be too complex. Through experimentation he developed EFT - Emotional Freedom Techniques to make this self-development technique as easy as possible to use but without detracting from its power. So what exactly is EFT? EFT is a technique which involves the stimulation of various acupuncture points whilst connecting to (thinking or talking about) the issue that the person wants to resolve. In order to understand the principals beyond EFT it is useful to start off with an understanding of acupuncture. For many thousands of years, acupuncture has been used by the Chinese as a technique to help people overcome physical, psychological and emotional problems and blocks. In its simplest form our understanding of how acupuncture works is this: - 1) There are a number meridian lines or channels contained within the body. 2) Along the meridian lines flows energy which is called 'Chi' (pronounced chee) 3) The ends and beginnings and parts in between of each of the meridian lines (acupuncture points) are close enough to the surface of the body for them to be affected by physical manipulation. 4) If a person has an particular issue, an experienced acupuncturist will know which meridian lines will have a blockage in them relevant to the issue, will know the acupuncture points appropriate to use for the resolution of that issue. 5) Acupuncture needles, which are very thin and hollow, can be inserted in appropriate acupuncture points to help the flow of energy through a particular meridian line. 6) With the blockage in the flow of Chi gone the issue goes or improves as well. Now acupressure is the manipulation of those same acupuncture points on the body but instead of using acupuncture needles, the fingers and thumbs are used instead. Forms of acupressure that you might have experienced before are reflexology or shiatsu. EFT is similar to acupressure from the point of view that needles are not used but acupuncture points are manipulated. A series of light tapping with the fingers is used. The tapping can be done by the person with the issue for themselves or a practitioner can do the tapping for them. Now at the same time the person is asked to repeat a sentence which describes the issue. The idea behind this is that the person stays connected to the issue (by repeating the description of the problem). At the end of one round of tapping on various acupuncture points, the strength of the issue is checked with the person. Of the issue is still present more rounds of EFT (tapping) will be used. To complete one round of EFT takes about 60-90 seconds. The majority of people who have experienced EFT report a decrease in the strength of the issue. With EFT being a process that anyone can use on themselves, it can be a very useful tool to help anyone deal with any issue whether physical, psychological or emotional. The amazing aspect about EFT is that you do not have to have to believe in it in any way for it to be effective. The only thing you require is may be a sense of curiosity and willingness to do it. The rewards are high as the loss of that old issue often results even for the sceptic. Today, thousands of people have become regular EFT users and there are many EFT practitioners in the UK and worldwide now available to help people rapidly.

Steven Harold
EFT London Practitioner
www.energytherapy-direct.co.uk
EFT London UK

Self Realization
That which you are seeking is causing you to seek. Your true self is already realized and is directing your mind to read these words and think about them. The key to self-realization is for your mind to realize that you are NOT your mind. Observe that part of you that can observe what your mind is thinking as you are reading this. It’s a game, as well as a powerful way for your mind to connect with your spirit and the consciousness evolving you now. Connect with the volition that is compelling you to read these words. Where is this curiosity coming from? What compels you to read? Turn your awareness away from the light coming into your eyes and the thoughts floating through your head, and be aware of that which is aware. Reflect upon your own nature. Turn your awareness around 180 degrees and observe the part of you observing. Allow your mind to behold that there is something other than your mind observing your mind. Just take a moment to observe whatever you are thinking. Watch your mind as if you were watching a movie on the screen of your mind. Note that there is something other than your mind that is observing your mind. There is a subject and an object. Your thoughts are the object. The witness, or observer of the thought, is the subject. You are conscious of what you are thinking right now, just be conscious of that consciousness. There is a sixth sense of awareness evolving throughout humanity. The fact that you are called to read these words indicates that you have reached a critical point in the evolution of your consciousness where you are now ready to fully realize your full potential…you are being called to self-realization. You are ahead of the bell-curve of humanity, an early adopter that is taking that next big step in awareness and enlightenment. Enjoy the journey, it just gets better. From the heart, Steven S. Sadleir P.S. My new book The Calling takes you through this labyrinth of the mind and back into a place of full consciousness. To order your copy now visit www.selfawareness.com/BooksBySSS.html. Steven S. Sadleir is the Director of the Self Awareness Institute and is recognized as a Shaktipat Master in two lineages. He has developed powerful distance learning programs for people of all cultures and faiths, trained thousands of people from all over the world, and welcomes all of you who are ready for full Self-Realization. Visit http://www.SelfAwareness.com for FREE guided meditation mp3s and ebook!

You’re welcome to “reprint” this article online as long as it remains complete and unaltered (including the “about the author” info at the end), and send a copy of your reprint to info@selfawareness.com.

You Are Already Good Enough To Be Enlightened
Just as you are, right now, is good enough for you to be the enlightened one that you already are. Absolutely nothing more for you to do to get it "right." You are already "right." You are the living one itself, the beyondness itself in which all things are begotten from, sustained by, and die back into. It is the "motion of seeing" that is flowing through your very eyes right now. The moment that "you" are aligned as this "motion of aliveness" - that is you - you are no longer under the illusion that you are the person - the summation of the mind and the body that you drive around through day by day - that you think you are. You are freed immediately from being bound by an activity that was never ever true of you. You only get lost in "notyou" because you fail to realize just who you are. Once you realize just who you are is - energetically so, not as a "mantra," an ideal, a philosophy or a concept - you will never be fooled again in the same way. Many of today's teachers have come to this place where they have "experienced" a moment of who they are but they do not simply abide here. They do not lose who they think they are in the moment by moment beingness of their self, their heart. They talk all "about" what it is like to be the one that is true of everyone. They do not truly "know" who they are and they do not "draw" those who are suffering the illusion of their own creation and sustenance into the "well of being." This of course, suits their listeners as they do not want to be the big "nothing" that they are, either. "Talking school" is where they feel relatively comfortable, with the "hope" that someday they will "get there," meanwhile suffering the belief of who they think they are. The immediacy of the heart is ignored - and refused - by the very same one that thinks it is. Fascinating, this play of the world that is sustained in your own imagination, which is relinquished every night that you lay your head down on the pillow and close your eyes.

Elysha does not travel around giving talks or lectures. He has made Himself available to anyone who desires to come home to the heart, from 9:30am through to 6pm seven days a week in Patea New Zealand. http://www.elysha.org/real.html

Methods Of Divination And "Seeing" The Future
Learning to do Divination may take a little more practice for some people than others, but it can save you from many of the pitfalls of life. However, some people have a more natural affinity for it and can begin to "see future events" much easier than others.

Alsoi, it is important to remember that the visions will not always be crystal clear - you may have to learn how to interpret what you see in your divinations. Any additional materials you need can be acquired from any wicca supplies shop on the Internet (or in your local area).

Now then, here are a few different types of divination that you can begin to practice now - and a description of each.

Square of Mercury - This is a cabalistic form of divination. It is usually used as a base for other forms of divination. It draws the power of Mercury, the Great Diviner into strengthen and better unfold future events.

Scrying/Crystal Balls/Magick Mirrors - These are general focus tools used to see into the future. Sometimes full images and scenes will play themselves out in the depths of the reflections. Sometimes you will only see symbols. Other times it may be a fog or clouds that move one way or another in answer to your questions.

Necromancy - This is a form of divination used to communicate with spirits of the dead, and must not be entered into lightly. The spirits of the dead are said to have answers to past and future, because the have pierced the veil of living in linear time and have the ability to see all things at all times.

Bibliomancy - This is a form of divination where you take a Bible (but any other book or tome of wisdom may suffice), ask your question, open the book at random and start reading where your eyes fall on the pages to receive your answer. Another method is to take a needle and open the book, pinpointing the place where you should begin reading for your answer.

Auguries - Simply put, the signs of nature and other happenings around you. This was the method employed by many of the ancient shamans. A question is asked and then they waited to see what symbols appeared in nature, which way the clouds moved, or the birds flew. These were all ways that they determined the answer to their questions, and gauged what was to unfold for the future.

Ouija Board - I wanted to add this in here, because so many people have played with Ouija boards as a game to ask questions of the spirits. It is a method of finding out answers for the past, present, and future. As with necromancy, must not be undertaken lightly. One thing that people fail to recognize in their “game playing” with the Ouija board, is that you are, essentially, opening a gateway between the worlds to communicate with spirits. I recommend staying away from them. If you feel this is a tool you would like to use, then set your basic circles of protections in place and treat the use of the board with the care and respect that you would with any ritual.
The art of Divination is one of careful practice. You will find an entire section in the Home Academy �" complete with step-by-step divination using pendulums, scrying, Magick mirrors, and more. You’ll be able to see exactly how to use divination to see into the future successfully with the included DVD demonstrations.

Rose has been practicing different forms of Witchcraft for over 27 years. For more information on wicca supplies visit her site The Ask Rose Ariadne Witchcraft Site"

Who's Who in UFology Today
Below are ten names of the most educated, respected UFologists alive today. By studying their theories and published works, you will be on the forefront of UFology research.

Jerome Clark: Researcher and writer. He attended South Dakota State University and Minnesota State University, becoming interested in the UFO phenomenon in the 1960s. He initially embraced the interdimensional hypothesis to explain UFOs, but then turned to Extraterrestrial Hypothesis as the best explanation. His focus is on UFO cases with multiple witnesses, or those which leave physical evidence. He is an active board member of CUFOS, and has served as the editor of the CUFOS journal, as well as The Journal for UFO Studies. In the 1990s he published a massive three volume UFO Encyclopedia, which earned him the 1998 Benjamin Franklin Award in the Science category. He has written and co-written several books on UFOs.

Stanton T. Friedman: Nuclear Physicist. He received his BS and MS from University of Chicago, and worked for 14 years on advanced, classified projects such as nuclear aircraft, fission and fusion rockets, and nuclear power plants for space. He is possibly the best-known UFO lecturer in North America, having been the first promoter of the Roswell incident, and the most significant voice of the Extraterrestrial Hypothesis. His written testimony has been used in Congressional hearings, and he has appeared before the UN twice. He has published two books covering his work with the MJ-12 documents and the Roswell incident.

Richard F. Haines, Ph.D.: Research Scientist for NASA from 1967-1988. He received his MA and Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology from Michigan State University. He investigated aviation accidents and incidents for FAA, NTSB, and attorneys. For 37 years he has specialized in pilot sightings, amassing more than 3,000 reports. Other special interests include analysis of photographic evidence and data on Close Encounters of the Fourth Kind. He has written two books and numerous UFO articles.

Bernard Haisch, Ph.D.: Astrophysicist and President of Digital Universe Foundation; Chief Science Officer for ManyOne Networks, Inc; Director of California Institute for Physics and Astrophysics; and editor of numerous scientific journals. He earned his Ph.D. from the University of Wisconsin. Self-described as a “UFO skeptic, standing somewhere between the majority rejectionist view of mainstream scientific community and the majority accepting view of the general public,” Haisch advocates personal research of phenomenon while suspending judgment.

James A. Harder, Ph.D.: Professor of Civil and Hydraulic Engineering and Professor Emeritus at University of California at Berkeley. Harder received his BS at Caltech, and his MS and Ph.D. at University of California in Berkeley. From 1969-1982 he was the director of research for Aerial Phenomena Research Organization, one of the first civilian organizations to study UFOs. He was the primary investigator on a number of classical UFO cases, mainly related to alien abductions. He is a strong advocate of the Extraterrestrial Hypothesis and the government cover-up theories.

John Keel: Parapsychologist and Journalist. Keel is best-known for his ideas that there is a direct relationship between UFOs and psychic phenomena and demonology. He is one of the most widely read and influential UFologists since the early 1970s. His 1967 book, The Mothman Prophesies�"about a strange winged creature reportedly seen in West Virginia by numerous witnesses�"was loosely adapted into a 2002 blockbuster.

Bruce Maccabbee, Ph.D.: Optical Physicist. He received his BS in physics from Worcester Polytechnical Institute, and his MA and Ph.D. at American University in Washington DC. He has been active in UFO research since the 1960s, when he joined NICAP. After its demise he joined MUFON and is now state director for Maryland. He was instrumental in establishing the Fund for UFO Research. He is the author and co-author of numerous technical articles and books.

John E. Mack, Ph.D.: Psychiatrist, psychoanalyst, and Pulitzer-prize winning biographer. He received his medical degree from Harvard Medical School after his undergraduate years at Oberlin. He graduated from the Boston Psychoanalytic Society and Institute and was Board certified in child and adult psychoanalysis. He was a professor of psychology at Harvard until his untimely death in a car accident in 2004. (We include him in this article of contemporary UFologists, since his work is relevant today.) Mack’s clinical work focused on the exploration of dreams, nightmares, and teen suicide. In 1990 he published his research on alien abduction encounters, concluding, “There is compelling powerful phenomenon here that I can’t account for any other way, that’s mysterious…it seems to me that it invites deeper, further inquiry.”

Peter A Sturrock, Ph.D.: British Scientist. He studied mathematics at Cambridge University where he earned his Ph.D. Much of his career has been devoted to electron physics, particle accelerators, plasma physics, solar physics, astrophysics, and scientific interference. He was appointed professor of applied physics at Stanford University, where he is now professor emeritus. Gaining interest in UFology, and curious about the general attitudes toward the field, Sturrock conducted two major surveys involving more than 2,500 scientists. Upon learning that a majority of scientists favored better research of UFOs, Sturrock helped establish the Society of Scientific Exploration to provide a forum for the subject. His studies have since been published.

Jacques Vallee, Ph.D.: French-born Computer Scientist and Astronomer. After receiving his BS in Mathematics and his MS in Physics, he came to the US 1962 and began working in astronomy at the University of Texas. He worked at MacDonald Observatory on NASA’s first project making a detailed informational map of Mars. He then received his Ph.D. in Computer Science at Northwestern University, where he was a student of renowned UFologist, J. Allen Hynek. Initially he promoted the Extraterrestrial Hypothesis, but later modified it, introducing the Multidimensional Visitation Hypothesis. His exploration of the commonalities between UFOs, cults, religious movements, angels, ghosts, cryptid sightings, and psychic phenomena contributed to his change in ideas. He was the model for the UFO researcher in Steven Spielberg’s blockbuster, Close Encounters of the Third Kind, and served as a consultant on the set. He has authored numerous books and articles on various subjects, including UFOs.

About the Author: Francesca Black a long time science fiction buff, manages content for UFO Gifts http://www.ufo-gifts.com and Science Fiction Corner http://www.science-fiction-corner.com

A Simple "Flick Of The Switch" Of Your Attention From The Inattention Of Unconsciousness To Conscious Attention by Elysha
You will not see who you are - this "you" of you - while you keep on persisting in believing this mind that is busily informing the mindbody that you think you are. You are not this mind informed mindbody that you find yourself travelling around through. No amount of thinking is going to deliver you of the beauty of your self - the heart of existence. You are literally going to have to surrender, let go of and leave alone your ongoing and momentary attempts to try and be who you think you are to come to the clarity of who you already are - there is no getting around this one. Who you are is this "motion of seeing" that is flowing through the eyes of this mindbody that you find yourself flowing through, right now. Who "you" are is already here, in this very moment. You can actually and truly be completely free from the bondage of this prison of your own making, if you are so wanting. Letting go of what was never true of "you" and consciously being this one that is this "you" of you is completely available to you, right here and right now. If you do not want to be who you are then you need not do anything differently to what you are currently up to and doing in your daily and momentary living. However, who you are is already true of you and this "you" of you is the "motion of aliveness" that is flowing through the very eyes of this mindbody that you find yourself so intimately involved with. You are to find this one that is seeing through your eyes - the seer - by consciously aligning your focus of attention to this very "aliveness" that is flowing through your eyes in this moment. Then you are to stop at and as this one that is "you". This you can do because it is "you". Learning to move from this "you" of you is what frees you up to this "you". Who you are is already here. You need not "try" to be who you are; you simply need to realize that "you" already are; you need to "be" this amness of you. It is a simple "flick of the switch" of your attention; from you believing yourself to be who you think you are to the realization - energetically - that "you" already are; from the inattention of unconsciousness to conscious attention; this on a momentary basis. Because who you are already is, you can actually "stop and drop" what you are not and "see and be" who you already are. Will who you think you are help you along with being who you are? No. Not at all. Au contraire. Who you think you are works flat out in distracting you from the "seeing and being" of who you already are. This running commentary of your mind is an adept at the art of distraction - it is what it does. It will have you looking at anything, anything at all, rather than have you "seeing and being" this "you" of you. Of course, an ever growing of uncaused happiness is not the result of living this attempt to try and be something that is notyou, either. Pain and suffering, falsehood upon falsehood, fear and desire, guilt and doubt is what is served up as the daily menu. All the while, "you" are already right here and flowing through the eyes of this mindbody that you find yourself flowing through, closer to you than the nose on your face. The heart of existence, the beauty of the divine one, is this "you" of you.

Elysha sits at The Elysium Ashram daily from 10am - 6pm. Anyone who is interested in learning to get past the resistances that have you bound to the notyou-ness that you are suffering: interested in being the freedom of the heart; are welcome to come along and sit with him. http://www.elysha.org/self.html

Maria Duval - Flicker

Flicker
As I reluctantly stood atop the twenty steps I had to descend daily in order to catch the New York train that would bring me to my daily grind, I attempted to put one foot in front of the other and suddenly, I tripped! In the few agonizing minutes it took me to regain my composure and my footing, I realized, had I fallen, I probably would have plunged head first onto the hard linoleum flooring that awaited me at the bottom of the staircase. More importantly, I would have most assuredly suffered serious injuries, or worse, death. (As a result of my misstep, I sustained a bruised big toe that ached for a week due to my awkward attempts at avoiding this tumble). Few people know that my greatest fears are drowning in the coldest, brightest-blue, chaotic water, and of course, falling down a long flight of stairs. I endure dreams of my demise or being severely handicapped, even temporarily disabled, from either of the aforementioned situations quite frequently. I harbor such an acute consternation for these two circumstances that it has taken me weeks, months, years even, to sit down and construct a story that vaguely includes the topic of drowning or falling. I would imagine I've been unenthusiastic in including tumbling or sinking in any of my writings because as of late, I've begun to allow myself to partially believe if you talk about a topic, you inadvertedly give life to it. Hence, this script is my defiance and inability to absolutely believe the latter. Hopefully, admitting my premonitions and briefly jotting them down will help me prevail over my fears granting me restful slumbers in the future. As I was saying, I nervously retrieved my bearings after my stumble and I bid those who love me good-bye. While I moseyed in the direction of the train station, I became aware that I was strangely agitated. I guess I was troubled not so much by the fact of the act of falling, but rather, the end result of my plunge coupled with the disastrous effect that my injuries would have upon those who love me and persistently expect me to function as the full-of-zip, individual I've always been. As I strode, step-by-step, I started thinking of how precious life is and how in a in a jiffy, in a flash, with the bat of an eye, even a tiny flicker, the life you have at 9:00 a.m., won't be the same life at 9:01 a.m. All it takes is an accident or an injury and your life is altered, possibly forever! Isn't it funny how people rarely take the time to observe their own lives appreciating the blessings that have been bestowed upon them? I'm talking about the "things" that are constantly overlooked. However, if we were to have those "things" removed from our lives, our existence would be hindered or unfamiliar. "Things" like the loss of a limb or an eye. Imagine being told that you had to choose which one of those "things" you had to get rid of. How about waking up a few hours from now and being told you'd never walk again? What if you never woke up tomorrow and your loved ones were told you had a stroke and were in an irreversible coma? How devastating are those scenarios for ya? What about the fact that we wake up each day just plain ol' healthy and pain free? How blessed you are if you can admit to being healthy absent pain each day? What about the fact that your brain and thought processes are working properly allowing you the capability of making sound decisions to construct your life or the lives or your loved ones 24-7? See? We never think about these "things" do we? We take LIFE for granted! We often talk and think in terms of always being around to see another sunrise. When you leave your job at the end of the day you don't say to your co-workers, "Maybe I'll see you tomorrow because I might not wake up in the morning," do you? Of course you don't! What you do say is, "Good-night, I'll see you tomorrow." We bid goodnight to our co-workers in that manner because by design, we take for granted that we are going to be around for another tomorrow. It's unfortunate that our tomorrows are not promised to us, although most of us live each day mindless to that reality. Therefore, we should practice living each day conscious of our brief existence on earth. Make each second, each minute, each day, meaningful. Take the time to say I love you to your loved ones as you leave the house each morning. Otherwise, you might not have an opportunity to say it to them again, ever! Hug someone you think is deserving of some kindred spirit. Maybe you'll change that person's life in a positive way you'd otherwise believe unimaginable. Speak to someone as you pass him or her in the corridor. Greet someone who wouldn't normally part his or her lips to speak to you. Take the introductory step for a change and be the bigger person. Speak to them, even if they never speak to you first. Being kind should become infectious, because being mean certainly is. I know for a fact, I'm nice to people each day that I'd rather not tolerate for a microsecond if I weren't forced to work with them. Sure it's called professionalism and cordiality, but I'm a very compassionate person by nature. So it's easier for me to be nice than to be cold and cruel for 8-hours. Heck, it sure makes my workday end faster, I know that! Besides, being mean and grumpy takes too much energy. I don't know of anyone deserving of that much power over my way of thinking. Appreciate those you love by giving them your "time." Spread your wonderful self thin by surrounding yourself with people and friends who appreciate you and your company. If you have elder parents, GIVE THEM YOUR TIME!! Do it today!! Because in a flicker, the life you lead today could be drastically altered or, over in a flicker. Just in case you'd like to know what a flicker is? Blink your eyes right now. That's a FLICKER! Now think about that! And while you're thinking? Make sure you hold onto the railing from now on as you descend stairs. Even if you believe you're taking them gingerly. Cause your FLICKER could be just one step away. (c) 2006 by C. V. Harris. All rights reserved.

C. V. Harris pens about topics most others would rather forget. Ms. Harris recently completed writing her Memoir entitled, "Stubborn Stains," which is due for publication in October, 2006. Want to ask Ms. Harris a question or comment regarding Flicker? Send your inquiries to info@onewriterwriting@hotmail.com, or visit her Blog at onewriterwriting.blogspot.com to read other dynamic articles scripted by C. V. Harris.

Forget Spring HOUSE Cleaning. Clean Your Life!
There's no reason why only the trees and flowers should sprout new growth this time of year. But how often do we feel more ripe and rotten rather than green and growing? Chances are you started the year with some fresh ideas, only to become caught in the same-old rat race that defeats any feeling of newness and adventure.

SO stop! It's time to plug into something that YOU chose-something that can renew your batteries and refresh your interest in work AND life. Unlike the bobble-headed figures that nod "yes" at every touch, you DO get to declare "time out" and place yourself first.

Cleaning Tip #1: Nurture your nature. Bulbs get to nestle in the soil before bursting forth with vigor. We're no different. Create at least two days in which your focus is simply on removing yourself from the computer, the phone, the newspaper, the TV and anything else that takes your attention away from yourself. The challenge: we think the world will end if we don't respond immediately. It won't. Let folks around you know that you are involved in a very serious project and will attend to their needs in two days. (It IS a serious project. It's your life!)

Have your spouse take care of the children or if you're a single parent, look for someone who will trade-off time. They help you and you'll return the favor for them. If you can't take two full days, try and carve at least some time for hunkering down by yourself.

Now-with the warm blanket of time cushioning you spend time thinking just what you'd like to bring NEW into springtime. Is it a new skill? A new or improved relationship? A remodel of your surroundings? A project that excites you? What will help you feel green and growing?

Cleaning Tip #2: Clean out your mental closet. To nurture our nature, we also have to discard all the old notions and the negative beliefs that keep us from springing forth. Write positive affirmations that counter such beliefs and post such statements at places where you'll see them often. Don't worry if you don't yet truly believe such statements. Action often precedes belief. Identify what activity you will discard because it feels too tight and constraining. After all, you're getting ready to grow. You need some room to grow

Cleaning Tip #3: Throw out what you no longer need. This is a physical tossing away everything from clothes that only serve to make you feel dowdy to projects you KNOW you'll never complete or books you'll never read. How can you bring in something fresh if there's no room!

Cleaning Tip #4: Find a great housekeeper. Once you know what new YOU is bursting forth this spring, find someone who will serve as your advocate and accountability partner. Ask them to help you keep your new "house", this budding "garden" in order. Ask them to let you know when you've cluttered your life with emotional, mental, or physical junk.

And now-SPRING forth. Regardless of whatever you might have wintered, inside you is, as Camus wrote, "an invincible spring".

Share these tips with your team at work and discover all the "new growth" in ideas that will be created by some team "house cleaning".

(c) 2008, McDargh Communications. Publication rights granted to all venues so long as article and by-line are reprinted intact and all links are made live.

Professional speaker Eileen McDargh helps Fortune 100 companies, associations and individuals create connections that count and conversations that matter. She is the author of Gifts from the Mountain-Simple Truths for Life's Complexities, Talk Ain't Cheap...It's Priceless and Work for a Living and Still Be Free to Live (one of the first books work/life balance). Visit her blog, Plain Talk, at http://www.eileenmcdargh.com/blog.

WithInAsThru Gratitude
Gratitude is the key to creation. It is the most crucial element to your ability to be, do and have what you desire. When you focus your positive energy on something in your life; your family, your job, your health, you surround it with positive energy. And positive energy attracts more positive things withinasthru you. Imagine an energy field surrounding you. It is emitting right from your heart, and it pulls in all the energy, information, intelligence and emotion of this very moment, causing us to become it. But we've never not been it. We have never not been attracting to us what we feel and what we are - energy, information, intelligence. This is a key to apply the law of attraction. Because you are every moment you are. And as you are so too is your life, lived withinasthru you. This has always been so. Creation without gratitude is superficial and temporary. If you remember that your life has been created withinasthru you, that every moment, every day you have been, has been your own creation, then you are able to feel grateful for it exactly as it is. Because to judge any part of your life is to judge yourself. Such judgments keep you forever stuck in a cycle of judgment. Instead celebrate and enjoy all that you have created, withinasthru your life. Whatever is now occurring withinasthru you, own it, claim it, and thank it for what it has taught you! To reject any part of your life is to reject a part of yourself. Why would you reject any part of your Self? Now, for some of us, feeling consistent gratitude might take some practice. We live in a society where we have become conditioned to take for granted all that we have. We are so preoccupied with wanting more things, that what we have gets pushed to the side, all but forgotten and certainly not appreciated. However, that which you appreciate, appreciates. So, if you truly want to be and have more in your life, attracting what you want comes withinasthru your feelings of gratitude for what is and what is arriving. But what if you feel like there is nothing in your life for which to be grateful? Maybe you believe you have lost all that is important to you. Maybe you are facing a crisis that seems overwhelming. If that is the case for you now, I ask you to stop for a moment and take an inventory of what you do have. Right now, in this moment, do you have eyes that can read this message? Do you have a roof over your head? Are you healthy? Do you have a job or any kind of responsibility whereby your contributions are measurable to others, or your family? Don't think about what might happen in the future; concentrate on what is occurring withinasthru you right at this moment. Gratitude brings to you more of what you're grateful for. Begin right now by looking at the things in your life differently. Consider the many things in your life that are good. Encourage the limitless energy that is waiting withinasthru you by filling your spirit with appreciation. Know, truly know, that the more you practice gratitude as a way of life, the more your life becomes a work of art, an expression of joy and happiness. Isn't a life of happiness and joy really what you desire anyway? I would offer for your very real consideration that it is. The WithInAsThru yoU! Letters is a series of letters offering simple perceptual techniques to keep your thinking on track, as well as recordings and links to other sites that can help you get comfortable with new ideas and processes. There are individual phone sessions available, as well as inspiring thoughts and inspirations. To learn more about Scott Kiere and how you can create your life WithInAsThru you, visit http://www.withinasthru.com

Scott Kiere – Spiritual Wisdom & Direction, Social Entrepreneur, Visionary Strategist & Poet – (http://www.ScottKiere.com) is Co-founder of MECA Communications, Inc. and serves on the board of directors for Social Venture Network. Scott’s eZine, "WithInAsThru yoU! Letters" is available at http://www.WithInAsThru.com.

Changing The Way You Think
Changing The Way You Think Author Frank Gorka Word Count 456 Date 2-14-07 Have you ever heard someone say the glass is half empty, or the glass is half full, the first part of that statement is what I mean in changing the way you think about the things you are saying and believing? In your life you have choices, to think positive or to think negative; it’s your choice how your mind translates the info you are receiving. So why should I change the way I think you might ask? Remember when your mom and dad said I don’t want you to hang around that person any more. REMEMBER-well they saw something in that person that was not good for you, they wanted you to pick a better type of person to be around right? Or how about a person that worries about every thing that goes on around them, do you think this is healthy? Well Do You? Heck No, that person is going to have heart problems, strokes, and all kinds of health issues, because of the way he or she allows the brain to function. Your brain is a very powerful tool, and we only use about 10% of it. When confronting a problem, look at the problem as a life lesson, most problems come with an answer on how to fix that problem. Don’t give up or give in to the problem at hand, like I said most problems come with a way to fix them. Let me give you another example of this, you want to buy a home for your family, but you have NO CREDIT or MONEY to do this, MAJOR PROBLEM right? Not at all, here is how to fix that problem. The solution, 1. Find a distressed owner that wants to move and sell their property. A Motivated seller, it might be because of health reasons, taxes, can’t afford it any longer, divorce, moving out of state, or for what ever the reason is, it has motivated that seller to sell his or her property. 2. You will find this type of person on the net, or in your local news paper. Now see how easy that problem went away. There is a solution for every problem you face in life, you just need to change the way you think and then you can grow you dreams as big as you mind will allow you. And Finally If the mind can conceive it, then the mind can achieve it Much Success In Life Frank Gorka Learn The Affiliate Secrets That Make You A Pile Of Money, No Hype No BS Just Proven Results go See Chia Wha’s Secret Formula. He made $30,100 In 2 weeks. http://tinyurl.com/2gu47d

Frank Gorka can show you how to get paid with $1000.00 dollar checks, each time you get just 20 people to try The Greatest Vitamin In The World. http://www.dontforgettotakeyourvitamins.com/GORKA1167

A Source of Inspiration
A light was on in one office, even though most of the other offices had been dark for hours. The manager continued to work in the silence of the empty building, reviewing reports, studying numbers, responding to messages and emails that others would not read until the next morning. There was so much to do, so many responsibilities and so many decisions that would wait for the manager's guiding hand. The silence was broken as the manager was startled to see one of the employees standing at the door. The employee knocked hesitantly, one foot in the office and the other still in the hallway. "May I come in for a moment?" asked the employee. "Of course," smiled the manager, leaning back in the chair. "What are you doing here so late?" "I had a lot of work to do and I wanted to catch-up," said the employee. "If I get behind then it could impact our customers, and I don't want that to happen. It's my responsibility, and I want to take care of it. I know that's what you would do." "You're probably right," the manager said with a laugh. "So what made you stop in here?" The employee approached the desk, sat down in one of the chairs beside it and said, "I wanted to ask you a question." "Go ahead." The employee began, "You always work so hard, and you always take care of us. You come in early. You stay late. No matter how much you have to do, you always take time to talk to any one of us when we need you. You are so busy taking time for us during the day that you have to stay late at night to catch up on your own work. Yet, you never complain. You make us want to work harder and do better, and you give us every opportunity to be successful. You are an inspiration to the rest of us, so what inspires you?" The manager's eyes widened, "Wow, well that was quite a surprise. I appreciate the kind words and admit that you completely caught me off guard." "Well?" persisted the employee, "What is your source of inspiration?" The manager was silent for a moment, carefully contemplating the response. Then the manager stood up and said, "follow me." As the manager and the employee walked down a row of cubicles, the manager started to point into them one by one. The cubicles belonged to the colleagues of the employee. "This person is a single parent and comes to work each day to support two children. Those children need someone to look up to, someone to put food on the table and a roof over their heads. This person doesn't work for me, this person works for them." The manager paused at the next cubicle and said, "This person is a grandmother who is working days so she can pay for her college education at night. She doesn't need a degree and it won't make any difference for her career. She is already past retirement age and she could quit at any time. She wants that degree to make her children proud and to give her grandchildren someone to look up to. She doesn't work for me, she works for them." The manager moved to the next cubicle and said, "This person is overqualified for the job. It would be easy to leave for another company, probably get a promotion out of it and earn better pay. Why doesn't this person leave? After eleven years working with the same group of people, it is like a family. This person doesn't work for me, this person works here for all of you." The manager paused at the next cubicle and said, "This person has a family to support. Two kids in school, a mortgage, two car payments, and a whole host of obligations that comes with taking care of a family. Needless to say, you know that this person doesn't work for me." The manager pointed down the line of cubicles, "That young man is engaged to be married, and he is saving up to buy their first home. That next person has a daughter in college. The next one wants to build a career out of this experience. The one after that wants to be a musician and only does this job to earn enough money to pay the bills." Walking into the corridor, the manager paused and smiled as the custodian came around the corner. "This person barely speaks our language, but comes to work every day when everyone else has gone home. More than half of the money earned will go to family members who do not even live in our country, while this person keeps only enough to pay for food, shelter and transportation here every day. This person comes into my office and takes away my trash, not for me, but because it is what needs to be done to earn the money that goes to a family that lives hundreds of miles away." "And then there is you," said the manager with a big smile. "You have your own reasons for coming in here every day. When I need a source of inspiration, all I have to do is look around me. I am surrounded by it. Inspiration comes from recognizing what is important to the people around you and making it your own. If I can feel the dedication that these people feel for their children, for their families, for their hopes and dreams, then I have all the inspiration that I need. They are inspired by their own sense of purpose, and I am inspired by them. Just as you believe that you are inspired by me, I am inspired by you." ______________________________________________________ Words of Wisdom "Inspiration may be a form of superconsciousness, or perhaps of subconsciousness - I wouldn't know. But I am sure it is the antithesis of self- consciousness." - Aaron Copland "Leadership is based on inspiration, not domination; on cooperation, not intimidation." - William Arthur Wood "Keep your fears to yourself, but share your inspiration with others." - Robert Louis Stevenson ______________________________________________________ About the Author: John Mehrmann is a freelance writer and President of Executive Blueprints Inc., an organization devoted to improving business practices and developing human capital. www.ExecutiveBlueprints.com provides resource materials for trainers, sample Case Studies, educational articles and references to local affiliates for consulting and executive coaching. http://www.InstituteforAdvancedLeadership.com provides self-paced tutorials for personal development and tools for trainers. Presentation materials, reference guides and exercises are available for continuous development.

John Mehrmann is a freelance author, industry expert and President of Executive Blueprints Inc, an organization dedicated to developing human capital and personal growth.

Maria Duval - World War II Foo Fighters

World War II Foo Fighters
In the 1938 comic strip Smokey Stover, a firefighter was known for his line, “Where there’s foo, there’s fire.” From Smokey, aircraft pilots borrowed the term “foo fire” to describe the various unexplainable phenomenon seen in the skies over Europe and the Pacific theatre during World War II. While Allied pilots initially thought the flying objects were German secret or psychological weapons, after the war it was discovered that sightings were also reported by the enemy, who had assumed the crafts were US-made. To this day, the sightings remain a mystery.

Over the course of the war, fireballs, estimated to be as big as 300 feet and as small as 1 foot in diameter, were reported and thoroughly documented. These apparitions left witnesses awe-inspired, wary, and frightened�"although the foo fighters never harmed or attempted to harm anyone. The CIA was commissioned in 1952 to study the reports and concluded that while mysterious, foo fighters were not a considered a threat to national security.

A Foo fighter is an umbrella term that includes flying objects of various shapes and sizes. Wobbling, or vibrating flares were described as glowing globes of intense green, yellow, red, orange, or white lights. One crew even reported observing the phosphorescent spheres going through a sequence of color changes at regular intervals. Other reports describe them as silver or gold metallic, and disk-shaped. They frequently appeared at the wing tips of planes in pairs or alone, although sometimes they were found in larger clusters of fifteen or more. In one report 150 objects were estimated to be arranged in 10-12 lines. Picking up an aircraft, these blobs of fire could reportedly pace a plane at very high speeds through extensive evasive maneuvers for several minutes. One British officer and his crew of sailors tracked an object from the deck of their vessel for over an hour. Although a few baffled pilots attempted to intercept, and even fire upon the globes, their efforts were unsuccessful, and the objects usually zoomed away of their own accord.

Foo fighters were mentioned in the American mass media. Ponderous articles appeared in Time and Newsweek in 1945, contributing to the wave of UFO consciousness building in the US. By 1952 so many civilians were contacting government agencies regarding UFO reports that regular intelligence work was being affected.

While scientists have never been able to explain the phenomenon, many speculations have been advanced as possibilities. Five of the most plausible theories are:

1. The fireballs may be nothing more than St. Elmo’s Fire, a reddish brush-like discharge of atmospheric electricity which has often been seen near the tips of church steeples, ships’ masts and yardarms. It also appears at a plane’s wing tips.

2. They may have been optical illusions, mere after-images of light remaining in pilots’ eyes after being dazzled by flak bursts.

3. Occurrences may have been the rare effect of “ball lightning,” a glowing, drifting bubble of light typically eight inches in diameter. These generally, though not always, follow regular lightning strikes.

4. Bright ground objects reflected from the curved plastic canopy of an aircraft can be perceived as images above the horizon.

5. Proponents of the extraterrestrial hypothesis (ETH) have suggested that foo fighters are hard evidence of ETs visiting earth.

Foo fighters are certainly some of the best documented reports of UFOs, and photographs and respected testimony abound. Hopefully in time the mystery will be solved, and this comic book name will be replaced by its true name.

About the Author: Francesca Black a long time science fiction buff, manages content for UFO Gifts http://www.ufo-gifts.com and Science Fiction Corner http://www.science-fiction-corner.com

Meditation: Meditating for Instant Calming
Stress can strike you at any time. It can hit you hard and the way you deal with a situation can be made a million times worse simply because of the stress build up. One of the cool aspects of meditation is your ability to use meditation to gain an instant calming affect even when you are not in the traditional meditation posture. The first step in the meditation for Instant Calming is to practice your breathing. When you feel that stress is creeping up on you simply practice breathing lightly like a mouse in and out. Focus on the quality of your breathing; ensure that it is light and even. Then slowly make the breathing deeper. Next in this process is to ensure that your posture is balanced and even. Keep your back straight and your head up. Many people who become stressed will slouch their back and have a hunched look. Clear your mind. Imagine in you mind that you are bathing in a wave of relaxing waves. Consciously feel the waves flowing past taking away the anxiety and stress. Ensure that the waves constantly flow through your body. The next important step is to acknowledge the stress and look at the root cause of the stress. The worst thing you can do with meditation is to deny the stress. In your mind during the meditation speak the words clearly in your mind, "This stress is real but I have the ability to hand it. Let me think straight and find a way to deal with this stress and to cope immediately with the challenges in front of me." Continue repeating this statement in your meditations for a period not less than ten minutes. It is now time in this meditation to take control of this stress. Focus on the person who has caused this stress and robbed you of the control you have the right too. Take control of your mind and rid your mind of the stress. Finally as you come out of this meditation focus on these words, "I have a right to a free and peaceful mind. Nothing anyone can do or say to me will rob me of this right." Speak these words each time you need this meditation.

We have Meditation Music available to help you with your meditation. If you are suffering Asthma then check out our Buteyko Breathing Method training program. If you would like to read Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill to learn how you can achieve greater success then you can get access to this book by visiting our website.

Ten Reasons to Meditate
Meditation is the practice of lowering one’s brain frequency from a waking Beta state to a slower Alpha state. Just as a heart beats a certain number of beats per minute, the brain pulses a certain amount of brainwaves per second. In the Beta waking state, brainwaves vary from 15 to 40 cycles per second. In the Alpha state, brainwaves vary from 9 to 14 cycles per second.

Beta is the normal state for waking thoughts and daily activities including talking, working, and shopping. Beta is the state most people are in when in a working mode. Alpha is the slower state where an individual can reflect, meditate or ponder thoughts.

The following are 10 key benefits to daily meditation:

• Oneness with God and creation

• Stress reduction and decreased anxiety

• Reduces the noise and chatter of our waking minds

• Pain reduction and management

• Supports the immune system

• Reduces blood pressure

• Improved memory and ability to learn

• Feelings of peace, calmness and an awareness of self

• Improves moodiness and irritability

• Feelings of rejuvenation

In his book Getting in the Gap, Dr Wayne Dyer discusses how daily meditation brings us into a closer, more personal relationship with God. By knowing God, our source of being, we can find true meaning for our lives. Dr. Dyer writes, “The paramount reason for making meditation a part of our daily life is to join forces with our sacred energy and regain the power of our Source (God). Through meditation, we can tap in to an abundance of creative energy that resides within us, and a more meaningful experience of life, which enriches us permanently. By meditating, we come to know God rather than knowing about God”.

This deeper, richer, calming experience has a profound effect on body, mind and spirit. Our minds become clearer; the noise and chatter in our minds fades away. In its place come feelings of peace, calmness and a sense of awareness. We feel lighter, younger and rejuvenated. Moods brighten and irritability is eliminated paving the way for clearer thoughts, improved memory, insightfulness and creativity.

The ability to relax and calm our minds has its physical benefits as well.

As our minds our soothed, physical pain and tension are reduced or eliminated. Chronic pain including severe headaches can be completely negated. Our circulatory, cardiovascular and immune systems operate more efficiently.

The benefits of meditation are vast. In a world of daily stress and anxiety, meditation paves the way for a healthy mind, body and spirit. For healthy living, practice meditation daily.

Sharon B. Gilbert, Ph.D. is an avid researcher and writer particularly interested in the areas of women’s health, meditation, metaphysics, organic foods and cooking, and natural health remedies. She is the author of a free weekly ezine on healthy living tips. For further information or to contact the author, please visit www.Healthylifestylesfortoday.com. Copyright 2006.

Introduction and Overview of Zodiac!
The zodiac is recognized as the first known celestial coordinate system. Before looking at what the zodiac is, it is important first to understand what the ecliptic is. the apparent path of the sun across the heavens through the constellation that divide the ecliptic into twelve equal zones of celestial longitude If you were to imagine what you see when you look up into the sky, and if you tracked the apparent movement of the Sun through it, this is what is meant when the word ecliptic is used. Put simply it means the apparent pathway of the Sun through the sky as viewed from earth. The zodiac is actually a group of constellations that form the backdrop to the Sun's apparent pathway through the sky that extends 9 degrees on either side of the ecliptic. The zodiac is recognized as the first known celestial coordinate system. The orbits of the planets (and our Moon) also fall within this zodiac belt. The etymology of the term zodiac is that it comes from the Latin zōdiacus, from the ancient Greeks - zodiakos kyklos, "circle of animals", because most of the constellations through which the ecliptic passes represent animals (e.g., Aquarius, Virgo, Gemini and for some Libra). Although the constellations are irregular in size and shape the 12 astrological signs are generally allocated 30 degrees each. The ecliptic was clearly identified and divided into 12 equal signs of the zodiac around 450 BC in Mesopotamia. Most reference sources indicate that the zodiac is a Babylonian invention - the oldest record of the zodiacal signs is a cuneiform horoscope from 419 BC. At the same time, Greek sources claim the discovery of the ecliptic during the second half of the 5th century BC. Like many historical developments it is quite possible that both the Greek and Babylonian cultures developed these systems at about the same time. The zodiac remains in use in modern astrology, though the issue of tropical astrology and sidereal astrology is central. Because the Sun's pathway through the heavens is basically constant and can be found at roughly the same spot for the same date in each year, this is how we came to use Sun Signs: the position of the Sun in relation to the backdrop of the zodiac constellations. This system is convenient because the average person doesn't have to have complicated planetary positions worked out to know which constellation affects them personally, the date of birth is all that is needed in most cases. Symbolically, each of the zodiac signs (Aries - Ram(0°); Taurus - Bull(30°); Gemini - Twins(60°); Cancer - Crab(90°); Leo - Lion(120°); Virgo - Virgin(150°); Libra - Scales(180°); Scorpio - Scorpion(210°); Sagittarius - Archer(240°); Capricorn - Goat(270°); Aquarius - Water Bearer(300°); and Pisces - Fish(330°) represent various qualities or whether the signs should be defined in terms of signs roughly aligned with the constellations of the same name.

The Writer Rose used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer private psychic reading, phone psychic reading, psychicsadvice and a lot more.

A Back Glimpse at the Chinese Zodiac
Nothing in specific could the answer be when asked why they get hooked with horoscope reading and the like. Walking along downtown China, one could sense the spirit of a well retained cultural heritage attached way back centuries ago. Along the streets are sumptuous food, china wares, dry goods and even shops like psychic reading. As the year unfolds, each coming year would always be associated with Chinese characters that stand to represent the year. These characters determine and are interpreted to gage how the year would be.... struggling or on its top. A Look at History The long and winding Chinese Zodiac fad can be traced dating from 2637 B.C. When it's first cycle was introduced. It takes 60 years to complete the cycle, and each is made up of five cycles of twelve years each. The 78th will end on February 2044, it started on February 1984. For each of the twelve years, a specific animal is assigned to it. Legend says that, Lord Buddha summoned all the animals to come to him before he departed from earth. Only the twelve, came to bid him goodbye. To reward the animals, he named a year after each one in the order that it arrived. The order is as follows; Rat, Ox, Tiger, Rabbit, Dragon, Snake, Horse, monkey, Rooster, Dog and Boar. According to ancient beliefs, the animal that rules in the year to which they are born has a profound influence on their life. Looking Deeper Five main elements, Wood, Fire, Earth, Metal and Water is combined with each of the animal signs during the complete 60-year cycle. What exercises influence on once life is the element of the lunar sign. A primal part of Oriental philosophy is the relationships among the five elements. These are divided into Conducive and Controlling interrelationships, and are as follows: Conducive and contributing factor We get water from metal. This implies that metal could be a container or any vessel for holding water. Corollarily, we can say that metal catches water. One idea to be deducted, is the feature of metal as the only element changeable into liquid when heated. Woods existence can be attributed from water. The water in this sense is the dew or rain that enables plants to grow into life, thus it produce wood.In order to produce fire, wood is necessary. Fire cannot independently exist and necessitates the existence of burning wood. Ashes comes from the remnants of fire which becomes part of the earth again. It can be gainsaid that from fire we get earth. For metal to exist, it must be extracted from the earth, thus from earth we get metal. Controlling The existence of the five elements are interdependent of each other and each is controlled by another. It is thus presumed that; Since metal can be forged or melted with heat. Metal is controlled by Fire. Water is the only means to put out fire easily, thus it can be concluded that fire is controlled by water. Water is controlled by Earth. Canals are dug in the earth to irrigate fields or construct dikes to keep out or absorb water. Earth is dominated by Wood. Trees and their roots hold the soil together and get their food from the earth. Wood is controlled by Metal. Even the largest tree can be felled by the metal blade of an Axe. In a nut shell Anchored form the interpretations, Luna or the moon being the closest heavenly body on earth has shown visible power to man since the dawn of man's existence. The interrelation of these elements and beliefs as apart of human existence drives mankind to continuously attached to this belief. Reliance to its implication to ones living has been looked after since time immemorial. Man's innate character to be connected with natural phenomena explains the continuous patronage and belief with signs. As far as Chinese Zodiac crazes is concern, there is nothing wrong with believing. Time tested passed from generation s to generations made it more intriguing and interesting. The interest to divulge what concerns the forthcoming year with elements and Chinese Zodiacs is just a natural and spontaneous reaction of humans. As long as we are living, we get crazy over anything. Crazy but sane.

The Writer johnlloyd used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer live tarot reading, free daily horoscope, numerology and more.

A General Introduction To Meditation
Meditation is the primary means of cultivating the inner peace and happiness that we all long for. Inner peace and happiness are found to be resident parts of our inner nature when we are able to take away the barriers in our nervous system from the purifying influences of yoga practices. Inner stillness is the essence of enlightenment, and how do we nurture this in ourselves? - Through deep meditation. Scientific studied even found explanations to confirm some benefits of meditation. These studies point out that meditation shift the brains activity from the stress-prone part to the calmer part of the brain. This mind exercise lessens the effects of stress, anxiety, and depression. They further found out that the brain processes lesser fear due to the changes in the brains activities. Meditation is merely conscious relaxation. It is a process which involves the mind to achieve a state of serenity or bliss. This may sound like someone being sedated. Actually it does. Meditation is a deeper form of concentration. If we are to give a concrete way to illustrate it, lets use water as the example. If you start pouring water from the pitcher to a glass, the first few drops would be considered concentration, however a steady flow is obtained after that which is likened to meditation. The unsteady first drops and the small splash they make are considered the distractions in concentration. A deeper state, which is the steady flow in the example, characterizes meditation. Thus, it clearly frees the mind from any clutter and distractions. Stress has always been one of the reasons that people are resorting to meditation. A lot of unpleasant consequences have resulted in ones inability to cope up with stress. Some have found solace in taking calming medications or pills to temporarily get rid of these thought s and feelings. But unfortunately, these only provide fleeting relief. After the medicines wear off, it is back to the pit again. Unless you try to overcome these negative thoughts and feelings with your mind, it will always succeed in getting the better of you. So how do you go about meditation? It is simpler than people thought it to be. You only find a quiet spot, sit comfortably, relax your emotions and concentrate on an object to meditate on. It is important to just think of a single object and concentrate on it. Some distractions like other objects will come into focus. Drive your mind away from those. They will only break your concentration. You can still hear the sound around you, but when youre deep in thought about your object of meditation, even those will not disturb you. It is always important to prepare yourself before doing meditation. Getting yourself in the right mind set and setting a spiritual atmosphere will help a lot in the practice of meditation. To do this sit in Easy Pose with a straight spine. Hands are in the lap, palms up, right hand resting on top of left and the thumbs touch and face forward. Overall meditation is often cheaper than a other forms of relaxation. If you use tools like CDs or cassettes or if you ask the help of a friend to guide you, it wouldnt cost you as much as a private session would. Though, these private sessions are considered as meditations as well. Meditation can make you understand the basics of meditation more clearly. It can help you get rid of all distractions and meditate more effectively. Most of the meditation has particular goals, from physical healing to spiritual-related goals. While meditation may be used to achieve healing, the guides are not the healers though. Your naturally healthy state is just being restored through the flow of energy freed by your meditation.

Jason Story found his lifestyle change when he found Pilates & meditation and uses a mari winsor pilates techniques as much as possible. You can visit his sites at: Pregnancy Winsor Pilates.

The Roswell UFO Crash: A New Lead and a New Direction
It’s been nearly sixty years since the crash of an alleged Alien Spacecraft near Roswell, NM. Despite a multitude of credible civilian and military witnesses who claim the object and its occupants were from another world, we still lack absolute proof. As a result, researchers trying to solve this puzzle constantly hope for two things: Actual physical evidence and reliable witnesses.

Because the Roswell Crash took place in 1947, the likelihood of turning up any new first hand witnesses to the crash, military investigation or cover-up fades with each year that passes. The same may be said of physical evidence. Even if somebody found a shoe box full of metal or other strange material from the crash stashed in their attic, they might not even know what it was. That leaves the possibility of second or third hand witnesses.

While it’s easy to dismiss witnesses who didn’t actually experience the crash or aftermath, they can often provide serious researchers with some tidbit of information that can lead to more later. Recently, I was contacted by a man living in California who I’ll call Al. After listening to the late Colonel Philip Corso (author of ‘The Day after Roswell’) speak about events surrounding the Roswell UFO Crash on a late night radio show, Al began to give some thought to something that had occurred earlier in his life.

Al moved to San Francisco, California, in 1964. Sometime in the winter of 1964-65, he was set up on a blind date with ‘a good-looking young blond woman.’ While he could not recall her name or where they went on the date, he did remember an unusual conversation they had at the end of the evening.

Although the two didn’t hit it off romantically, they did seem to enjoy talking with one another. The topics included philosophy, astronomy and science fiction. All very popular themes of the day. At some point the young woman asked Al if he believed in the existence of other life forms or Alien life in the Universe. Al said he did and gave a few reasons why, which included the size of the Universe and the common scientific probabilities of the day. The young woman almost immediately gave affirmation to Al by saying something like, “Yea, you’re right,” and followed up with a most amazing story.

Al’s date began her narrative by explaining that she was the daughter of an Air Force Chaplain. The family lived in Roswell and her father was serving on the Base known as Roswell Army Air Field in 1947 (later named Walker Air Force Base in 1949). Although he cannot recall the actual calendar date or day of the week, the young woman told him that sometime during dinner two men came to the door to get her dad. She recalled hearing them tell him that his services were needed. The incident caused such a stir in the household that everyone stayed up late until he returned.

Seeing that everyone was still awake, the Chaplain told his family that he was called to give religious comfort to some sort of Alien Life Forms near what seemed to be an Alien Spacecraft. At least two of four creatures were still alive when he got there. He described them as looking a bit like adolescent boys, but obviously not human. No one knew what the creatures were or precisely how to care for them. As a result, all of the beings eventually perished. That was the crux of the story.

Al would have been seven and the young woman would have been around five years of age at the time of the Roswell UFO Crash. Despite her young age, one can assume that this event left a huge impression on her and was probably discussed a number of times over the years by one or more family members. Either way, she seemed to recall enough of the story to share it with her date.

As an experienced paranormal investigator, I know that you can second guess almost any story into oblivion. This is the way of most skeptics. They merely tinker with stories, evidence or witnesses until the believable becomes unbelievable. That is not what I will do here. Instead, I will consider the possibilities.

Although there are many missing pieces from this story, it has one shining asset. Al provides a fascinating new direction for Roswell UFO Crash researchers. I never thought to include a Chaplain in the mix of characters who were a part of the military response to the Roswell Crash. It’s easy to forget that people tended to be much more religious in those days. It’s also worthwhile to remember that no one expected an alien spacecraft to fall out of the sky and into a world that wasn’t ready for such an event.

While it might seem hard to imagine that a Chaplain would be considered important enough to be summoned in the manner he was for such an event, it gets easier if you consider the military mindset. When it comes to any branch of the armed services, it was and still is all about preparedness. We have to assume that some sort of short list of first responders for emergencies was always available to Officers on duty.

Despite the unusual nature of the vehicle and occupants which crashed near Roswell, the initial reaction of the military reveals an almost textbook response to what might otherwise have been considered to be something like a plane crash. The local funeral home was contacted for coffins and/or services, a military investigator and recovery crew was sent out to do their job and the press was duly notified. Given the religious beliefs and values of that time, it would not be unexpected to find a Military Chaplain being made available to those on the scene of a disaster.

Under normal circumstances, it probably wouldn’t be that difficult to track down the names of Military Chaplains serving at the Roswell Army Air Field in 1947. However, the task becomes very complicated because the base was home to military aircraft given the mission of carrying Atomic Bombs and personnel were involved in the retrieval and cover-up of a crashed Alien Spacecraft. Anyone who has ever visited Roswell or tried to follow the paper trail back to 1947 knows that peripheral information is everywhere, but tracing down specific information is difficult and the results are not always reliable.

Despite the hardships of verifying a story like this one, the new direction provided opens up a whole new world of possibilities. After all, Chaplains are not just military personnel, but have ties to mainline faiths. It’s possible that the Chaplain involved shared some information with other Chaplains or religious leaders, in addition to his immediate family, before the lid was clamped down or he was ordered to keep quiet. Al’s blind date of forty years ago may prove to be another important piece in the Roswell puzzle.

More articles about UFOs and the Paranormal are available at http://www.ufoguy.com

Author: Bill Knell Word Count: 1180 Author's Email: billknell@cox.net Author's Website: http://www.billknell.com Terms To Use Article: Permission is granted to use this article for free online or in print. Please add a link to or print my website address: http://www.billknell.com A native New Yorker now living in Arizona, Bill Knell is a forty-something guy with a wealth of knowledge and experience. A popular Speaker, Bill Knell presents seminars on a number of topics that entertain, train and teach.

Yoga and the Age of Magic and Information
The Age of Magic and Information We live in a magical universe. Every facet and function and nuance of life is miraculous, mysterious and, to use a very overused adjective these days: Awesome. We associate the term magic with sleight of hand showmen, who create entertaining illusions, clever deceptions. But real magic is the magic of reality, the magic of nature and the universe. For instance the magic of a flower, the magical transformation of a seed into a plant, then into a flowerChildren see the world as magical, and they are right, it is. Adults stop noticing the everyday miracle of life as our accumulation of facts about the world replaces the awe that once filled our hearts and minds. The child may ask, “How does a plant grow from a seed?” And we would tell the child of water and soil and sunlight, careful not to confuse him with big words like “photosynthesis” and other advanced concepts that we adults understand. We equate the viewpoint of children with the viewpoint of the uninformed and uneducated. But I wish to start off this book with a question. Do we really understand what we think we know? For instance, if I was a child and asked the question, “How does blood circulate throughout the body? You would probably answer patiently, “The heart pumps the blood throughout the body, ” charmed and seduced by my natural curiosity. However, being an inquisitive sort, I would not be satisfied by that answer, “HOW does the heart pump the blood throughout the body,” I would insist. “The heart is controlled by a part of the brain that automatically sends an electrical impulse to it,’” you would say. “How does the brain do THAT” I would ask, “and how does the brain know HOW MANY times the heart should beat” At this point you would probably be looking for a piece of candy to give me or trying to find some other way to distract me or divert my attention. Any 5 year old child can bring the curtain down quickly on our mental arrogance, on our thinking we really understand how things work. The truth is no one understands HOW these things happen. Just because we have been able to isolate and observe the areas of the brain that control autonomic functions, for instance, does not mean we understand HOW they happen. What is the origin of the electrical impulse that is sent forth from the R-Complex of the brain? From where does the spark of life originate? How does an entire plant grow from a small seed? HOW or WHY does photosynthesis work? Just because we know how to grow the plant does not mean we understand how it happens. We have observed cells and how they function, we have split atoms and recently even finished the human genome project which maps the entire human DNA sequence. Yet we have no idea why or how it happens. Life is just as great a mystery now as it has always been, in fact more so now, as we have the technology to see and comprehend how incredibly complex life is. Sub atomic particles appear, disappear then reappear and behave in ways we do not begin to understand. The ever expanding universe reveals deeper and deeper mysteries all the time. And yet even the simple miracle of a flower opening at sunrise, or fish who return to the same river to spawn or crustaceans that mate only at certain full moons every year, how do they know? How does it all work, and WHY any of it? We are more impressed by magicians, the showmen type, who seduce us with their trickery than we are in awe of the majestic natural universe. In simpler times, there was more reverence for the magic of nature. There was not as much intellectual stimulation as today. What was learned and observed was done so with great depth. There was time to ponder and encounter the truth directly, through the heart. To understand a flower, one would sit with the flower and observe it, feel it. Just like with a person, we must get to know a person through the heart and experience them in order to have a chance at understanding them. To understand the flower one must share its being with the flower and allow the flower to share its being too. Flowers are people too! If tomorrow you were to sit with a plant or a flower for a couple of hours, I bet your ideas about plants and flowers will be different than what they were beforehand. Yoga and The Vedic Sciences show the simple yet profound connection to an ancient heart centered wisdom based on direct experience of and reverence for the cycles and magic of nature. They exists beyond surface explanations and dry intellectual data that dominate our thinking and ultimately leave us feeling empty and disconnected. The type of thinking that explains a flower as the natural product of soil, water, sunlight and photosynthesis. The truth is, a flower is a mystery and a miracle to be experienced. That is only possible when our being is merged with it’s being, through communion. Wisdom is a by product of experience not of information.

Sadasiva (Sam Geppi) is a Vedic astrologer, writer and Yoga Instructor in San Francisco. He has over 20 years of Vedic Study and experience. He is a certified Vedic Astrologer and Teacher through the American College of Vedic Astrology (level 2) as well as author of "The Ascendant-108 Planets of Vedic Astrology."

A Source of Inspiration
A light was on in one office, even though most of the other offices had been dark for hours. The manager continued to work in the silence of the empty building, reviewing reports, studying numbers, responding to messages and emails that others would not read until the next morning. There was so much to do, so many responsibilities and so many decisions that would wait for the manager's guiding hand. The silence was broken as the manager was startled to see one of the employees standing at the door. The employee knocked hesitantly, one foot in the office and the other still in the hallway. "May I come in for a moment?" asked the employee. "Of course," smiled the manager, leaning back in the chair. "What are you doing here so late?" "I had a lot of work to do and I wanted to catch-up," said the employee. "If I get behind then it could impact our customers, and I don't want that to happen. It's my responsibility, and I want to take care of it. I know that's what you would do." "You're probably right," the manager said with a laugh. "So what made you stop in here?" The employee approached the desk, sat down in one of the chairs beside it and said, "I wanted to ask you a question." "Go ahead." The employee began, "You always work so hard, and you always take care of us. You come in early. You stay late. No matter how much you have to do, you always take time to talk to any one of us when we need you. You are so busy taking time for us during the day that you have to stay late at night to catch up on your own work. Yet, you never complain. You make us want to work harder and do better, and you give us every opportunity to be successful. You are an inspiration to the rest of us, so what inspires you?" The manager's eyes widened, "Wow, well that was quite a surprise. I appreciate the kind words and admit that you completely caught me off guard." "Well?" persisted the employee, "What is your source of inspiration?" The manager was silent for a moment, carefully contemplating the response. Then the manager stood up and said, "follow me." As the manager and the employee walked down a row of cubicles, the manager started to point into them one by one. The cubicles belonged to the colleagues of the employee. "This person is a single parent and comes to work each day to support two children. Those children need someone to look up to, someone to put food on the table and a roof over their heads. This person doesn't work for me, this person works for them." The manager paused at the next cubicle and said, "This person is a grandmother who is working days so she can pay for her college education at night. She doesn't need a degree and it won't make any difference for her career. She is already past retirement age and she could quit at any time. She wants that degree to make her children proud and to give her grandchildren someone to look up to. She doesn't work for me, she works for them." The manager moved to the next cubicle and said, "This person is overqualified for the job. It would be easy to leave for another company, probably get a promotion out of it and earn better pay. Why doesn't this person leave? After eleven years working with the same group of people, it is like a family. This person doesn't work for me, this person works here for all of you." The manager paused at the next cubicle and said, "This person has a family to support. Two kids in school, a mortgage, two car payments, and a whole host of obligations that comes with taking care of a family. Needless to say, you know that this person doesn't work for me." The manager pointed down the line of cubicles, "That young man is engaged to be married, and he is saving up to buy their first home. That next person has a daughter in college. The next one wants to build a career out of this experience. The one after that wants to be a musician and only does this job to earn enough money to pay the bills." Walking into the corridor, the manager paused and smiled as the custodian came around the corner. "This person barely speaks our language, but comes to work every day when everyone else has gone home. More than half of the money earned will go to family members who do not even live in our country, while this person keeps only enough to pay for food, shelter and transportation here every day. This person comes into my office and takes away my trash, not for me, but because it is what needs to be done to earn the money that goes to a family that lives hundreds of miles away." "And then there is you," said the manager with a big smile. "You have your own reasons for coming in here every day. When I need a source of inspiration, all I have to do is look around me. I am surrounded by it. Inspiration comes from recognizing what is important to the people around you and making it your own. If I can feel the dedication that these people feel for their children, for their families, for their hopes and dreams, then I have all the inspiration that I need. They are inspired by their own sense of purpose, and I am inspired by them. Just as you believe that you are inspired by me, I am inspired by you." ______________________________________________________ Words of Wisdom "Inspiration may be a form of superconsciousness, or perhaps of subconsciousness - I wouldn't know. But I am sure it is the antithesis of self- consciousness." - Aaron Copland "Leadership is based on inspiration, not domination; on cooperation, not intimidation." - William Arthur Wood "Keep your fears to yourself, but share your inspiration with others." - Robert Louis Stevenson ______________________________________________________ About the Author: John Mehrmann is a freelance writer and President of Executive Blueprints Inc., an organization devoted to improving business practices and developing human capital. www.ExecutiveBlueprints.com provides resource materials for trainers, sample Case Studies, educational articles and references to local affiliates for consulting and executive coaching. http://www.InstituteforAdvancedLeadership.com provides self-paced tutorials for personal development and tools for trainers. Presentation materials, reference guides and exercises are available for continuous development.

John Mehrmann is a freelance author, industry expert and President of Executive Blueprints Inc, an organization dedicated to developing human capital and personal growth.

Natural Ways To Keep Food Fresh Longer
If you are interested in health and diet, you have probably read all the research which points to the benefits of fresh, unprocessed foods. Eating healthier nearly always means opting for fresh fruits, whole grains and unprocessed meats and fish. Unfortunately, choosing foods without preservatives does have a down side - food spoils faster. That is no reason to go back to eating over-processed foods full of chemical preservatives, though. Long before our dependence on chemical preservatives, our mothers knew the secrets to keeping food fresh longer naturally. Here are some tips to help you keep fresh fruits, grains, vegetables, meat and fish fresh longer - the natural way.

General Tips

1. Keep your refrigerator at the right temperature. It should be kept between 38 and 40 F. to keep your foods as fresh as possible without freezing them.

2. Keep your eye on expiration dates when you shop.

3. Do not store highly perishable foods in the refrigerator or freezer door. They are more prone to temperature fluctuation.

4. Moisture promotes rotting and mold. Wipe vegetables and fruits dry before storing and avoid storing in plastic bags.

Fresh Fruits and Vegetables

Vegetables and fruits give off a gas called ethylene as they ripen. The ethylene sets off a chain reaction that causes the release of more ethylene, causing the food to ripen further. When fruits and vegetables are exposed to ethylene, they ripen faster. Some fruits and vegetables give off more ethylene than others - and some of them are more sensitive to ethylene than others.

1. Ethylene producers include apricots, avocados, bananas, cantaloupes, honeydew melons, kiwis, mangoes, nectarines, papayas, peaches, pears, plums, and tomatoes.

2. Fruits and vegetables that are sensitive to the effects of ethylene include: apples, broccoli, carrots, cucumbers, eggplants, green beans, lettuces and other greens, potatoes, summer squash, and watermelons.

3. To keep fresh fruits and vegetables fresh longer, do not store any of the former group n the same drawers as those in the latter group.

4. Store fruits and vegetables in the warmest part of your fridge to preserve flavor.

5. Remove produce from plastic bags before storing. The bags trap the ethylene close to the fruit so that it ripens faster.

6.Wash produce and then dry well before storing. Moisture speeds rotting.

Meats and Eggs

1. Keep fresh meats refrigerated between 38-40 F.

2. Keep meat in original wrapping in refrigerator if you will be using it within two days.

3. Wrap meat in foil or freezer paper before freezing.

4. Make sure that there is plenty of air circulation around meat products in your refrigerator.

5. Store eggs pointed side down.

6. Wrap smoked meats like ham or bacon in a vinegar-soaked cloth.

7. Cool cooked meats quickly and completely before placing them in refrigerator.

Bread and Cereal Products

1. Store fresh bread in a cool, dark, dry place like a cupboard or breadbox.

2. Close the waxed paper inner bag of breakfast cereals tightly to preserve freshness. Better yet, transfer the cereal into a zipper lock plastic bag and put it back in the box.

3. Freeze bread that will not be used within a week. If you freeze artisan breads pre-sliced, you can just take a slice when you need it.

4. Keep soft cookies soft by storing them in a cookie jar or airtight container with a slice of bread.

5. Cut slices from loaf cakes like banana bread and pound cake from the middle instead of the end. After slicing, push the two ends together to reform the 'loaf'. You don't leave a cut end to get stale that way.

6. To keep cake moist, store it with half an apple in the container.


Dairy Products and Cheese

1. Store milk in its original container.

2. Do not store milk in the door where temperature is warmer.

3. Put milk back in refrigerator immediately after using.

4. Wrap cheese in waxed paper or plastic, then store in deli drawer.

5. Do not store ice cream in the freezer door. Keep it in the main part of the freezer.

6. Place a sheet of plastic wrap or wax paper directly on the surface of the ice cream before storing. It will keep fresh longer.

Miscellaneous

1. Store coffee in an airtight, opaque container to preserver flavor and freshness.

2. Buy coffee in whole bean form and grind enough for one pot at a time.

3. If you buy more coffee than you can use in 3-4 days, store in an airtight container in the freezer/

4. Store avocadoes unbagged in the refrigerator.

5. Store bananas on the counter, unbagged.

6. Berries (blueberries, strawberries, raspberries) should be stored in their plastic container or a resealable plastic bag in the back of the refrigerator.

7. Wrap lettuce in damp paper towels and store in a plastic bag.

Stephanie Larkin is a freelance writer who writes about topics and products concerning food storage such as Green Bags.

Maria Duval - Think Positive to Improve Your Confidence and Your Entire Life

Think Positive to Improve Your Confidence and Your Entire Life
Self confidence is one’s ability to believe in one’s self. Those with a high self confidence are optimistic, assertive, and eager individuals ready to take on the world and conquer the goals. On the other hand, people with a low self confidence find themselves often distant and despondent, constantly questioning themselves and often passive or submissive. Self confidence is the key to success in academic pursuits, athletic activities, employment field, and private life, literally every aspect of one’s life. Individuals that entertain a high sense of self confidence usually go on to phenomenally succeed, whereas individuals with a low sense of self confidence tend to be brought down by their inner demons and fail.
The trap of low self confidence is extremely easy to fall into and very difficult to remove oneself from. That tiny voice in the back of the head that criticizes, questions, and insults can easily grow louder and louder the more you listen. Instead of the traditional angel on one shoulder, those with low self confidence would find the devil there more often than not. Instead of boosting themselves up by enjoying their accomplishments or congratulating themselves on a job well done, individuals with low self esteem find their shoulder devil is constantly picking and finding fault in the midst of triumph.
They key to maintaining a high self esteem is positive thinking. Individuals that think of themselves in a positive light are more likely to have a higher self confidence than those nay-sayers in the crowd. One way to remain positive and keep an upbeat aura is to surround oneself with positive people. Avoid individuals who criticize, nit pick, and put down. These negative individuals are a sinking ship and will only bring you down with them. People who surround themselves with positive people, find it easier to maintain a high sense of a self worth and banish that devil from their shoulder. If you find yourself in a situation where you must deal with individuals with a negative outlook, confront them on the matter.
If you find yourself surrounded by so-called friends who constantly make you feel poorly about yourself and lower your self confidence, it might be time to part ways. Remember, friends, family, and loved ones are supposed to make you feel good about yourself and have your best interest at heart. This is not always the case and friends by title alone can do more harm than most enemies. Furthermore, personal relationships can have the same if not worse affect on one’s self confidence level.
Always remember to think positive, believe in yourself and your ambitions and goals and you can achieve whatever you desire.
For a greater understanding of the power of your mind and your thoughts and this can affect your financial freedom, get a copy of the original classic by Napoleon Hill titled "Think and Grow Rich"

John is the owner of the website http://www.OriginalThinkAndGrowRich.com where you can get a FREE copy of Napoleon Hill's Book Think and Grow Rich. Head over now and claim you copy, free.

Intuition
Sometimes it gets so hard to make a decision of any kind. This is when the intuition steps in. Have you ever felt like believing something is true though your suspects do not really have a firm ground? They say people have five senses excluding intuition. Intuition is the sense every person has, though not everybody knows they do. It is pretty doubtful we actually own such kind of supernatural gift, though most of us are likely to believe we do. So, what is intuition? It is a human’s ability to sense or know anything immediately without firm reasoning. Intuition has been studied since Pharaoh’s times. During those times it was a burning and debatable topic to discuss. Women, being able to use their intuition on purpose, were considered to be either witches or gods’ messengers. Until nowadays intuition is still not examined till the end. Scientists differ in opinions whether some specific people can possess the inner voice or everybody can. It is considered that usually left-handed people are most likely to use their intuition effectively; as it is a well-known fact they are more creative than right-handed ones. But, as a matter of fact, everybody is able to use it correctly. You just need to know the necessary formula. The most spread training of your intuition is to try to guess anything unpredictable at least once a day. (Unless it is a multiply choice on your exam paper, you’d better not use intuition in this one!). To be serious, take, for example, a deck of cards and guess which card lies on the top. At first define if it is red or black, then comes the suit. Do not get upset if it does not work at first, keep on trying over and over again. The important thing is to concentrate! The intuition will show itself, you will see.

Andrew Shwartz is staff-writer at Custom-Writing.org, help essays. Andrew has been providing assistance to students with cause and effect essay and Custom Research Papers for over 2 years. He is always willing to share his own experiences, provide quality custom writing services and writing tips to students of all academic levels.

Maria Duval - Are we just physical beings?

Are we just physical beings?
Here's something that I have discovered: In the presence of a qigong or taiji master, a layperson may feel unusual, often discomforting sensations within their body. Some may feel giddy or develop stomachaches. Yet others may feel heat brewing within them. I know several qi-gong masters, so I am familiar with these sensations. How can somebody without even touching you, cause so much physical sensation in the other? Could it be that somehow these qi-gong experts have around them a formidable but invisible energy field? So, are we just a body? Metaphysical and esoteric teachings tend to think otherwise. So do I. We are definitely more than a physical body. The construct of a Being (Human) consisted of more than the mere physical body. Although not complete, the anatomy consists of Subtle Bodies & Chakras. Subtle Bodies The subtle bodies are energy vehicles that overlay the physical one. The energy bodies are associated with the various vibrational dimensions. Like the dimensions, the bodies interpenetrate one another and stack up higher and higher in vibration. It seems for every corresponding vibrational range (dimension and sub-dimension) there is an associated body. From my understanding, the subtle bodies or cognitive vehicles interpret the intention/information/impulse from it's Source. The source is pure awareness, and by down-stepping into various vehicles, its reflections becomes our personality.The sequence of down-stepping, as I understand it, goes something like this: Pure awareness>>> sensing/feeling (thought without definition)>>> mental thought (images, language) and/or emotions (happiness, anger, fear, etc). Most human beings are aware primarily of their mental thoughts and emotions, which form their personality. However, as you can see, the real identity of a Being is more than that. A person who is sensitive to the 'sensing/feeling (thought without definition) stage of cognition can be described as being intuitive. Chakras According to Tantric philosophy and Yoga, chakras are energy vortexes or channel wheels in the energy bodies. They are energy centers that process life force energies. Contrary to popular belief, they are not restricted to the teachings of the Buddhist and Hindu Yogis. The shamans of South America knew about them as well. The Taoist tradition also has a system of power points along the Central Channel of the body that nearly corresponds to the location of the chakras. Each chakra governs a specific area of articulation and expression. Chakras can be under active, overly active or in balance. When in balance and working properly, they allow the person to have healthy self-expression. Chakra also nourishes the surrounding physical organs by supplying energy. So a properly functioning chakra, denotes physical and psychological well-being in the associated areas. The human energy system is not made solely of chakras and subtle bodies only. Prana or chi which is the universal life force permeates the energy fields. It has been said that meridian and/or nadis carry these chi or prana throughout the energy field. My conclusion is that we are certainly more vast than what we think we are.

The author is a guy living in the Far East. He runs a self-growth resource site at http://www.dreamdatum.com.

Mustika Bezoar Pearls--Notes
"Bezoar" comes from the Persian word, "pá zahar," meaning "antidote against Poison" (pa-cure, zahar-poison). The term is normally applied to stones found in the stomach and digestive system of animals. We use the term in a generic sense for concretions to be found in all organs of animals, plants, and in other aspects of Nature. Indonesian occultists and shamans with this definition in mind, refer to bezoar stones as "mustikas." In other parts of the East they are called by various names, such as "geliga" (Malaysia) and "Mutya" (Philippines). Ancient naturalists gave specific names to the bezoar stones as found in animals. For instance, bezoar stones of eagles were called, "Aetites," or "Aquilenus." A similar term, "Aquilinus" refers to the stones found in the head of fishes. "Crapandia" was the name of the stone found in toads. Swallows produced concretions called "Chelidonius." The stones found in cocks were called "Alectorius," and "Celonite" was the name of the bezoar stone found in tortoises. The occultist and naturalist, "Albertus Magnus," referred to the stone taken from the head of dragons as "Draconites." This latter bezoar stone was considered a great treasure by the kings and emperors of the East.

As a rule, bezoar stones or mustikas were, and are highly valued--to the knowledgeable they are regarded in high esteem for their practical qualities in the healing of mind, body, and soul, as well as conferring upon the wearer wonderful psychic and spiritual qualities when used in the correct manner. These pearls can be costly, one source relates that in contemporary times, some of these bezoar stones are offered by Traditional Medicine at a price of US$20,000 per stone!

Bezoar stones are mostly calculus concretions to be found in animals and plants, though they are also found (perhaps developed through different processes) in the environment in which these creatures live. Certain animals such as snakes, deer, centipedes, monkeys, wild goats, camels, porcupines, antelopes, etc. produce them in abundance. Some mustika pearls have their origin in so-called mythological creatures such as dragons and sea-serpents. Unusual stones and pearls in our collection were acquired by shamans and occultists possessing expertise in the field of mustikas.

Bezoar stones according to some scientific investigators, are composed mostly of calcium phosphate, with some elements of the crystalline mineral, "brushite." Certain bezoar stones contain oxide of iron, silex, alumina, etc. Gemologists may analyze them to be simply natural-mineral or semi-precious stones--but what makes these bezoar stones special and unique is their point of origin, and many owners of these pearls have come to realize that they contain a psychic intelligence or presence. Some psychics verify that bezoar stones have an indwelling elemental spirit called by occultists "fairies," "elves," etc.

Royalty were very fond of bezoar stones--not solely because of their exquisiteness or their unusual appearance, but because of the great magickal virtues that they confer to the possessor--virtues such as charisma, an authoritative-bearing, personal magnetism, psychic sensitivity, etc. Queen Elizabeth I, for instance, is historically recorded to have had several bezoar stones as part of her crown jewels. Xá Abás, one of the kings of Persia, was also fond of the stones. According to one legend, one of the Shahs of Iran gave several bezoar stones to Napoleon--something which "the conqueror" greatly honored. He later tried to destroy them in fire, perhaps so that they would not fall into the wrong hands.

In the "Garuda Purana," a Hindu scripture, bezoar stones are highly extolled; while in western literature, speaking of the toad-stone, Shakespeare acknowledged their existence in "As You Like It, (Act II, Scene i)":

Sweet are the uses of adversity,

Which, like the toad, ugly and venomous,

Wears yet a precious jewel in his head . . .

Bezoar stones are scarce--some are rare! Most have great beauty while others may look unsightly and as worthless baubles--but within them all lies great virtues and magickal power that are probably more potent than ordinary crystals and gemstones--especially for healing work. The contemporary practice of crystal healing is based on the ancient healing-art of applying the bezoar stones to the body to neutralize poison. As the latter were scarce, ordinary crystals and stones were used instead. One is most fortunate to possess these bezoar stones--especially the higher quality ones which are prized greatly by collectors and occult practitioners. They can be considered not only as investments--possession alone actually improves the financial and social condition of their owner--one reason why they were sought for by noblemen and kings. The knowledgeable occultist would know how to wield and take full-advantage of the power that these stones possess. These bezoar stones are actually physical representations of the "Cintamani" or the "wish-fulfilling" jewel of the Buddhists--they help to fulfill one's innermost and cherished dreams.

Most of these mustika pearls have their origin in the Indonesian archipelago--from the islands of Kalimantan (Borneo), Java, and Sumatra. It is a fact , though, that even in these islands bezoar stones are scarce.

---------------

Mustikas are unusual objects formed in animals and plants. They may assume the shape of regular oyster-pearls and tumbled stones or in unusual shapes and sizes. In their unpolished /untumbled state, they have a rough texture. Unlike oysters that form pearls out of irritation, Nature forms these pearls in the bodies of diverse animals, plants and fruits for some reason unknown as yet to us. They are unusual creations that may correspond to human cancers, cysts, and tumors. Not all animals or plants of the same species form these pearls, but they possibly do occur in almost every living being.

Unusual pearls have also been found in the bodies of saints and holy people; this might possibly be an indication that animal and plant pearls are the manifestation of an organism's highest energy crystallized and formed out of conscious or subconscious aspiration to a higher evolutionary level or state.

Some mustikas are fossilized parts of an animal or a plant, such as the eyes of a creature. After thousands or millions of years these eyes through a natural process have crystallized, hardened and acquired occult powers. The formation of a mustika pearl or a fossilized body-part are directed by Nature's invisible forces and intelligences. Normally these intelligences are elemental spirits that guide the process of the creation of a mustika pearl, and they subsequently make these pearls or fossils their home. Those carrying these pearls are served by the indwelling elementals in various ways; they help to strengthen their keepers aura and nervous system; they confer positive energies; they empower the brain centers, etc.

The natural energies of these pearls attracts luck, neutralizes and wards-off negative forces. They have a natural tonic effect upon the physical system. They are more powerful than ordinary gemstones and crystals when applied for certain purposes. Added onto ritualistic items such as wands, they would truly empower an occult practitioner's magickal operations. Western occultists have yet to investigate and discover the power of these mustika pearls that heretofore have only been mentioned in myths and fairy tales--as secrets known only to the ancients.

Mustikas are widely known in South-East Asia, India, and other countries of the East. Malays, for instance, call Mustikas "Geliga"; Phlipinos call them "Mutya." Occidental naturalists of the past referred to them as "bezoar stones." The powerful stones told in tales and legends are actually mustikas. The Sanskrit text, "Sri Garuda-Puranam," speaks in detail of these pearls. In essence it declares a man acquires great fortune and blessings by possessing a mustika.

These magickal pearls are one-of-a-kind, unique, rare, and powerful. It is said that only fortunate people are able to acquire and keep them.


Where Are They Mostly Found and Acquired?

The mustikas--pearls and fossils accessible to us from our sources--have been acquired mostly in the Indonesian archipelago. They have been discovered in caves, jungles, sacred places, historical sites and in the remains of animals and plants. Some of them were magickally retrieved from the etheric planes by occultists who specializes in this unusual feat. The power within these pearls are sometimes known by the psychic struggle the occultist had to go through with the spirit guardians in order to acquire them. Quite a number of these pearls were gifts to our sources by tribal shamans and chieftains.

How the existence and virtues of the pearls are discovered could sometimes occur quite by accident. For instance, tribal hunters may find an animal exhibiting a degree of invulnerability to their weapons; after having finally killed the animal with the help of a shaman, they would discover that the creature possessed strange pearls lodged or embedded in their head or body. Subsequent investigation would reveal that it was these pearls that gave the animal its invulnerability power. Animals are not hunted or killed for mustikas/pearls, though, as shamans know that they can hardly be found in that manner--the discovery of a pearl is often incidental to the killing of a creature for food or because they are a menace to villagers. Pearls are mostly found in the remains, dens, and nests of the creatures.

Centipede are one of the many creatures that form pearls. These pearls are formed by the mucous of the giant centipede, which it plays about with its mandibles and then places it on top of its head where it crystallizes and in time falls off to the ground. Some centipede pearls are formed in the stomach. Genuine centipede mustika pearls are prized by gamblers for the luck that it bestows upon its master.

Generally speaking, the virtues of pearls are known by the observation of their effects in one's daily life as they are carried, worn or attuned to by certain methods such as psychic contact with the indwelling elemental spirit. Some of the pearls have quite unusual physical effects, such as the costly and rare Mustika Merah Delima that tinges water where it is immersed in with a red coloring--or so the story goes.


How to Determine the Real from the Fake

There are various ways for determining whether a mustika is real or a fake. Some of the various points to be considered are the following:


The Energy Present

When a pearl is held between the thumb and forefinger, as the breath is held, energy would be felt as issuing forth from it. The longer it is held the stronger will the energy be palpable. The energy would run through one's arm and finally reach the heart or to one of the other chakras within the body depending upon its quality. Fakes do not give such sensations.


The Presence of an Elemental Spirit

Each and every one of the mustika pearls have an indwelling elemental spirit--fakes do not have them unless attached by a knowledgeble occultist. The presence of the spirit may be felt and communicated with by a psychic.


The Medicinal Properties.

Without exception, all mustikas have vibrational healing virtues which may be tapped into. Again, fakes do not possess such power.


The Difference Between Mustikas and Ordinary Consecrated Talismans

There are several principles that differentiates mustika pearls from talismans. Among them :

1) Mustikas are empowered by Nature's forces and intelligences--unlike talismans which are consecrated by human operators.

2) The power and elemental spirit within a mustika pearl are not extinguishable or transferable to other objects, unlike the power within talismans which may be magickally neutralized or transferred to other items.

3) No observances or prayers are required for mustika owners in order to maintain its power or have them function perfectly--unlike talismans which do.

Copyright © 2006 Luxamore
Leonard Lee aka Luxamore
Metaphysical teacher, counseler, healer and merchant of occult/magickal items of Indonesia.
Magickal Items from Indonesia: talismans, mustika pearls, kerises, etc.
Magickal Bezoar Mustika Pearls from Indonesia.

Galactic Mystery - Matter - On The Dark Side
Scientific inquiry can be described as a sequence of observations leading to a hypothesis which must be tested by experimentation. The results either validate or invalidate the hypothesis which was under test. Unfortunately, the interpretation of the data sometimes does not elucidate some new truth but rather eclipses our thoughts into a new era of ignorance.

Heralding a new age in the cosmos, Norwegian Kristian Birkeland predicted that the universe likely consisted of an exotic component that would later be called dark matter. His comments about this subject matter appeared in a description of the Norwegian Aurora Polaris Expedition (1902-1903). Birkeland's ideas about the Expedition were published in the fateful year of 1913 which would see the rise of the socialist Federal Reserve System and the Income Tax in the United States of America, two key components of the communist manifesto. Evolutionary processes were in motion throughout all fields of endeavor. Economics, politics, science and the hearts and minds of men and women were in the balance whilst relativism not truth held sway over the modern imagination. Cosmology would suffer from the same 'evolutionary' mindset and Birkeland wrote as much:

"We have assumed that each stellar system in evolutions throws off electric corpuscles into space. It does not seem unreasonable therefore to think that the greater part of the material masses in the universe is found, not in the solar systems or nebulae, but in "empty" space."

In this fashion, Birkeland predicted that because of the 'evolutions' present within the cosmos most of the matter in the universe must be found in 'empty' space rather than that which is observable in stellar objects. It is currently believed that only four percent of the universe is of this ordinary visible stellar type. Further, about a quarter of the universe is made up of the ubiquitous dark matter with the rest of the cosmos being filled with the even more bizarre dark energy. It was Fritz Zwicky, a swiss astrophysicist working for Caltech, who would further the concept of dark matter through the aegis of the Virial Theorem.

This mathematical relation is a formula which bounds the energy of a set of particles. In another dark year in the steady evolution to slavery since 1933 saw the removal of gold from the accounts of american citizenry, Zwicky used the Virial Theorem in an attempt to ascertain the validity of the dark matter hypothesis. He focussed his attention on the Coma galactic cluster and his analysis provided prima facie confirmation for the existence of dark matter. By evaluating the amount of movement of those galaxies at the periphery of the cluster he was able to approximately surmise the aggregate of all the matter therein.

He was astonished to learn that this sum total of mass is different from a separately computed estimate. This other value was obtained by analyzing the sum total of galaxies and the brightness of the Coma cluster. Juxtaposing this value with the periphery computation he observed that there was a discrepancy of at a minimum four hundredfold. Since the galaxies were insufficiently massive to cause the computed orbital velocities there must be some other mechanism to explain this phenomena. This conundrum became in the scientific lexicon the missing mass problem. Zwicky had established the need for the existence of an invisible source of mass hitherto unknown which must provide the necessary gravitational effect for the cluster.

Thus, it is a fact of the current state of cosmology that the greatest set of evidence for dark matter comes from this galactic gravitational data. Scientists have even made galactic curves describing the rotational properties of stars versus the distance from the galactic center. When the gravitational data is plotted it can be shown that only a small portion of the observed speeds are explicable by classical computations. In other words, there is a scarcity of visible mass in the observed galaxies to attribute the sum total of gravitational effects to visibly observable stars planets and galaxies. Thus, the simplest way to explain this galactic mystery of insufficient mass is to hypothesize a non-detectable type of mass known as dark matter which can be the cause for the gravitational effects.

As more and more data is collected on these and other aspects of the universe, formulae and cosmological postulates are generated describing the results so obtained. Fulfilling the requirements of the aforementioned aspects leads some scientists to propose several different types of dark matter. The four main types of dark matter are called 1- baryonic dark matter; 2- warm dark matter; 3- cold dark matter and 4- hot dark matter. Dark matter ranges from the known to the predicted, from black holes to brown dwarfs to the massive compact halo objects (MACHOs), the neutrino, axions, WIMPS or weakly interacting massive particles and the esoteric neutralino. However, there is an alternative explanation for the gravitational effects which originally created the dark matter concept.

If an incomplete understanding of gravitation is factored into the picture, then it can be asserted that the dark matter interpretation is incorrect because some other cause is generating these phenomena. Several different contending theories have been developed to describe the observed galactic data. In particular, one of the main competing explanations is given by scalar tensor theories which try to combine the teachings of quantum mechanics with gravity. Amplifying these ideas leads to a variety of exotic ideas which challenge our most fundamental notions of physics and astronomy. Other concepts go even further and have been the subject of interest for astronomers like Dr. Riccardo Scarpa since these allow for a cosmology without the inclusion of the enigmatic dark matter.

Dr. Scarpa works at the European Southern Observatory in Santiago Chile using the Very Large Telescope Array at Paranal. With all of his experience in this field, it is interesting to note some of his most recent comments on the superfluous dark matter:

"Dark matter is the craziest idea we've ever had in astronomy. It can appear when you need it, it can do what you like, be distributed in any way you like. It is the fairy tale of astronomy."

In view of these comments one should ask if another scientific idea might be on the verge of collapsing. Indeed, astronomers are routinely using these other theoretical principles on a daily basis in infrared observatories around the world. Thus, it is very likely that we are simply wrong about all of this dark matter. It is within all probability that the only dark matter that we will ever find is that ignorant dark matter between our ears.

Michael Strauss is an engineer and author of Requiem for Relativity the Collapse of Special Relativity. www.relativitycollapse.net or www.relativitycollapse.com
The Role of Fake Media in Society
As we all have our eyes fixated in Iraq, Israel, or the potential for another stolen election this year it is important to not forget the role of media in our everyday lives. So many Americans get their information from the tainted mainstream media machine run by the current government that it is a frightening prospect to merely hope the truth somehow gets through. I am sure we all know people who are seemingly good folk, but somehow they keep getting it wrong on such crucial matters such as election fraud, the war, or any number of Bush-GOP scandals. You have to realize the gauntlet of false news that is thrown at them each day, which is the basis for their political opinions. Case in point is the poster child of fake news, Fox News. Using false slogans such as "fair and balanced" or "we report, you decide", Fox News has made its living on being nothing short of propaganda for the Republican Party. News shows are peppered with pro-administration stories and even when they have to cover a negative story; it is always framed from a positive angle, thus skewing the truth. The amount of time spent on positive stories versus negative GOP stories is staggering and the guests on their various shows are designed to put a loud, confident voice on the republican side and a milquetoast, timid voice on the democratic side. That is never more evident than on their flagship show Hannity and Colmes where the jaw-jutting, boisterous Hannity is opposed by the meek and affable Colmes. Guests are extreme ideologues on the right, such as war criminal Oliver North or venom-witch Anne Coulter and moderate voices on the left; people you or I have probably never heard of. News is not reported on Fox, it is packaged. The pre-set talking points for the GOP are sent to Fox each day, so that the commentators throughout the day can repeat them over and over again, so that eventually the populace begins to think it is true. Just this past week we saw President Bush began to use the ridiculous term islamo-fascism and sure enough, there was all the Fox commentators using the same ridiculous line all night long. Karl Rove says to call all democrats who support a troop withdrawal, cut and runners and that very night there is O'Reilly, Hannity and company calling them cut and runners. Never mind that the majority of the American people support bringing our troops home, it does not matter in the world of fake news. The opinion of the American people does not matter when you are deciding what the news will be. Not satisfied with this, Fox also employs flat out lies in their coverage. It was recently discovered that Fox used a"conservative strategist" named Karen Czarnecki on their evening "news" shows. What they did not tell us was that she was not really a conservative strategist. No, Ms. Czarnecki actually was the Labor Department deputy assistant secretary. She was a government employee posing as a pundit on a news program, offering her opinion that not surprisingly, agreed with the government line. The damage done here is that people watching think they are getting an honest opinion, when in reality they are only getting the opinion from the government's standpoint. Similarly, when the administration is in a tough spot, they call on Fox to provide them with an "exclusive", meaning an administration official can sit with someone like Sean Hannity to express the government's opinion without the threat of an actual news interview breaking out. Dick Cheney and Karl Rove have both appeared on these "exclusives" where Hannity did not pose one serious question in opposition to the government position. Propaganda at its best. Propaganda does not end with Fox though, as most realize now that they are not fair, nor balanced. The real damage done by Fox News is that it makes the other news sources seem mainstream, when in fact they mimic Fox and rarely question the GOP controlled government. People like Chris Matthews are presented as moderate when in reality he has as worse a record in supporting the GOP then anyone on Fox. People like Tucker Carlson and Joe Scarborough are presented as average guys representing America. Never mind that Scarborough is a former GOP Congressman and Tucker is as republican as they get. America buys it. About the only beacon in this sea of untruth is Countdown with Keith Olbermann but you have to sift through hours of lies just to get to that one beacon. Moving past TV news however, the same bias exists in print media. Many local papers have sold out the American people for the interest of the companies that own them. People look at the New York Times as some bastion of liberalism, but a closer look reveals that while some op-ed writers are liberal, the paper itself is not. It is owned by pro-Israel folks who agree with this administration. They supported the Iraq War and in case you forgot, Judith Miller worked for them when she sold us the WMD lies, straight from her confidential White House sources. Not all subterfuge however is so subtle. Here in New York we deal with a paper like the New York Post. The Post is possibly the worst paper in the country in terms of objectivity, which should be the hallmark of any newspaper. The Post is owned by Rupert Murdoch, who owns Fox News. It is estimated that it LOSES 15-30 million dollars per year. Estimates are necessary because Murdoch refuses to allow anyone to know how much he really loses for operating the Post. Why does he insist on operating a paper that loses so much money? Because he does not care about the money, he cares about putting his version of the news on the streets of New York every day. The Post is propaganda straight out of Communist Russia during the cold war. There is never a bad word uttered in its pages about the GOP or the Bush administration. Every article, whether op-ed or "news" is framed to support the GOP. The op-ed section is littered with pro-GOP rhetoric including the daily White House talking points. I know well principled people who rely on the Post as their primary news source each day and it is no wonder that their political opinions are often simply inaccurate.

write internet content

Resilient Scorpio- The most powerful sign of the Zodiac
Old and wise beyond the average, scorpios often know all the answers, except sometimes they too often have difficulty finding what they need to develop their own happiness. Scorpio's element is water, the ruling planet is Pluto,stone is Topaz and life pursuit is to survive against all opposition. Scorpio's secret desire is to triumph. Passion, desire and power go hand in hand for Scorpios. Their biggest challenge and test in life is choosing between the power of love and the love of power. Coming to grips with their extraordinary emotional depths and sensitivity isn't easy for those around them. They are different from all other zodiac signs and this difference has them walking, working and loving to a different beat. Others can often live with a Scorpio partner for years, but not really know them. Much to do with a Scorpio remains ever secret. Their eyes often blaze with feelings that words never express, and beware on the days or nights they hide their feelings behind dark glasses, there is likely to be a storm of some kind brewing. When you deal with a Scorpio you have to always deal with them on a psychic intuitive level. They often wear a mask. Too often they say "no" when they really mean "yes". They have contrary natures. Once they find true love they can be the most faithful dedicated of all partners, but fall out badly with a Scorpio and you are likely to find they will never forget or forgive. Most Scorpios are winners. The main thing they have to worry about is their attitudes, which make up their mind powers and can either make or break them. When they are negative about something or someone, or critical of themselves, they can tend to get in their own way. Signs of the Zodiac -By Athena Starwoman

The Writer Ei Mara used to write for Universal Psychic Guild the online psychics and astrology sites which offer private psychic readings, online psychics through chat, psychic advice and a lot more.

Maria Duval - Do You Possess Your Life or Endure It?

Do You Possess Your Life or Endure It?
It may seem like we're watching things crumble and tumble around us. What if we, even as and especially as individuals, now stand at the threshold of expanding our personal power and potential, no matter what? What if expanding this inner power is the very thing we should do? Are you in?

I read a line in a novel by P. D. James, ". . . preserving always the same look of puzzled acceptance of a life which had to be endured rather than possessed." Many people probably feel this way these days; but they can feel another way, if they choose to.

In our most challenging moments you or I face, we tend to ask, "How did I get into this situation," or "Why is this happening?" These are understandable questions, but they aren't necessarily helpful.

Every day, each of us endures something even if it's an inconvenience of lesser magnitude. Some people endure much more than most of us ever think about having to. When we find ourselves facing a challenge we believe we can do nothing about, we can still take possession of it. When we take possession of something, we generally take care of it or care for it; or, at least, that is the idea.

How many of us feel we are in possession of our lives? In order to feel this way, we have to also feel in possession of our thoughts, words, feelings, and actions. We have to possess or own the choices we've made and the outcomes they created. We have to decide if what we experience causes us to endure life or live what we desire.

There are things about our lives that only we can change. There are things we cannot change, so must find a way to come to terms with them. Whatever you feel challenged by at this time, find a way to take possession of it, even it it's just your attitude about it. To paraphrase Ernest Holmes, fear is misplaced faith; a belief in two powers instead of one.

Though I've had a lifetime of successes (depending on your definition of success), several years back, I clearly saw and felt something was missing. I could have taken the approach many do and learned and mimicked a lot of external actions to produce outcomes that would cause others to call me or my life a success. I could have done that, but I didn't. Instead . . .

I decided to expand my personal power, to see what I'm truly capable of, primarily from the spiritual perspective. I knew my path was going to cause many to shake their heads or feel frustrated with me. When challenges appeared I'd wonder if I should abandon this path and take the one more traveled. Then, I'd remind myself of my desired outcome and keep going, no matter what. T.S. Eliot said, "Only those who will risk going too far can possibly find out how far one can go." However, I feel there is no "too far" in expanding personal power in connection with Spirit and the truth of how reality works.

There were times when my world seemed to be crashing down around me; but like the Tower card in the Tarot, the seeming destruction was so a new, sturdier, and more splendid structure could be created instead.

Here is the process I take myself through to feel peaceful, empowered, and free even in times of perceived chaos.

� I acknowledge that where I am is where I am and allow it. I own my part in creating it. Resistance creates struggle; and if I'm using this process, I don't need more struggle, I need to shift it.
� I acknowledge that maybe I can shift it today and maybe I can't shift it until "tomorrow," but I can shift how I feel now. This is especially important to me since I know that like attracts like. If I allow myself to feel even a bit better (raise my energy), I allow for things to shift with greater ease. This may sound like New Age hype, but its importance is huge and its effects immediate.
� I agree to be on my timetable and no one else's. This is my personal journey.
� I remind myself that if I focus on the situation as it is, I sort of superglue it into my reality. Focus on my desired outcome shifts my energy, attracts more of what I want, and just feels better.
� I ask Spirit to show me what to do, including how to open myself to feeling more of what I want to feel. "Show me what I need to do to feel (xyz)," is one of the best ways to kick this into high gear.
� I look at which beliefs serve me and which ones don't. The foundation of every conflict is a belief. Some beliefs have been with us so long, we form an attachment to them, even though they're toxic. We may even call them "facts." They have to go if we're going to make a real shift. They have to be replaced with beliefs that support desired feelings and outcomes. I've had to recognize that my beliefs are the stories I repeat to myself. I can choose my stories.
� I find some measure of truth in a new belief statement because we can't fool ourselves. If we don't believe it, we cancel it out.
� I choose to get out of being so much in my mind and more into my feelings. Our feelings give us honest information. How we act from there becomes a measure of our greater understanding about the bigger picture and our role in it.
� I affirm there is a way and I will find it, that Spirit always assists me. There's a reason so many say to leave the how in the hands of Spirit: no one can do how better. I pay attention and take action as needed.
� I focus on something else while I wait for the answer, solution, next step, or shift. It's coming to me; it always does. I know from experience to expect it.

I am an ongoing process (so are you). I've learned to determine what is authentic for me even if it differs from what others may think or believe is the way things should be done, or is "how things are." I experience how joyfully powerful and peaceful it is to take full responsibility for my thoughts and thought patterns.

If you depend on external matters to feel peaceful and empowered, you've agreed to enslave yourself to the whims of externals; and, you will feel fairly powerless and often frustrated as a result.

Life is to be possessed, not endured. We can choose between enslavement to externals or freedom through personal empowerment; but, they are inner experiences first. Which do you choose?

Joyce Shafer, L.E.C., is the 4P Power Coach (jls1422@yahoo.com). 4P Power Coaching is for those who wish to use a spiritual approach (and tools) in life and business through conscious use of Law of Attraction. Details, free newsletter, quiz, and more at http://www.freewebs.com/coach4lifebalance ~ Books, reviews, preview chapters at www.lulu.com, including Law of Attraction Alchemy, which includes 64 powerful affirmations � with a twist!

Money May Pay The Rent But It Can’t Buy You Love
Money can’t buy love Most everyone has heard the old Beatles song, “money can’t buy you love”. It’s true, money may pay the rent help acquire material positions but it can’t satisfy inner emotion. Inner self is satisfied only by a sensation of fulfillment or balance. When the inner self becomes unbalanced, it sends signals to the outer man to repair it. In most cases this signal is misconstrued and the outer person substitutes material possession for an inner desire to be complete. Indeed money is essential to living a full and productive life but it is not life itself. People should not live for money but rather use money to live. Money has no worth in itself, it is the idea that money contains value which can be exchanged for labor, goods or service and to acquire more of the same. Because money is a material object it can be manipulated by spirit. Money provides material objects Manipulation of material objects comes through understanding their reasoning. What is monies purpose? Where and why does it exist? Is it for man’s better cause? Once the root of money is understood then it can be brought into reality and experienced. Need triggers desire which draws the law of supply. Money is only a means to satisfy a craving or need. People who crave something strong enough will extort, steal, lie, cheat and even kill for release or satisfaction. All and every derogatory action is a result of inner misunderstanding, frustration or unrest. People who have allowed external things to control internal desire are subject to derangement. But not is lost there is hope Allowing money to become a controlling factor begins as an inner desire for possession. Desire drives the appetite of motivation for release and robs your soul of hope. People relate to their reality as events they can experience. An inner desire is indefinable like an itch that you can’t scratch. The inability to define inner desire leaves the individual confused and searching for release. The material world is like a pacifier to a baby, it eases the desire and soothes the mind; temporarily subduing the craving. The body thinks it has received its requirement but the mind is not satisfied; the craving continues in a cycle of despair. Cravings of despair Taking drugs, drinking alcohol, being combative, compulsive behavior any and all defiant or self directed actions are substitutes for lack of inner wholeness. The mind desires its rightful heritage of supremacy. Not in the since of rising above anyone but equality in being. Every human shares the same inner feeling of incompleteness. Their soul cries for material release and supreme understanding. They search and never find because they don’t understand or don’t detect their real meaning of self. If we could only stand aside and let the divine law do its diligence. If we could only understand who and what we really are. If, if, if, wonder, doubt anxiety answers never comes to a fractured, bewildered soul. A soul tormented because it is confused, misunderstood and lost. People have become so dependent on their material experience they have lost their true meaning. They are caught in a whirlpool and being pulled into the abyss of dismay. Dooms mankind to materialization Where is mankind? What has he/she become? Is he/she doomed to never realize his/her true self and completeness? Life has taken on an appearance of materialization. Humans react to outside stimulus and mask inner emotion, not knowingly but because their reality is their outer experience. They have been duped into believing the world is their provider and they are at its mercy. The connection to the world leaves the inner soul craving for awareness because it is only through the inner self that a true connection can be made. If the outer world can not bring completeness in man then what does? Perhaps the soul craves to connect spirit and material. Maybe just maybe people need to justify their own existence. But the spirit does not seem willing, it cringes and hides like a unwilling child. Where is Spirit? Spirit is spirit and can only be satisfied by spiritual effects. The soul craves connection to spirit and satisfaction of the whole person. It wants man/woman to enjoy his/her experience through a spiritual understanding of their material connection because in doing so, it is pleased. It wants people to know who supplies and who partakes. In the really world, God is all and through all, and man, well, man’s experiences are for God’s pleasure. Because a Devine principle is reveled through human experience, the experience is also Devine. Each and every experience should be seen as Devine revelation. Each experience completes a need to connect material and spirit. We may live in a material world but we exist through spiritual exposure. Is Spirit only imagination? Most people are so in-tune to the world that they have become that which they imagine. They have become worldly within themselves; they have become their surroundings. They can’t experience spirit because they have become detached and don’t have a realization of it. They simply don’t know it’s there or how to excess it . . . mankind is lost. What’s the answer? It is not easy to find your way when you have been lost in the desert for a thousand years. The desert has sustained you and the horizon has become fixed. There are no trees, rivers or ocean, only wilderness, sand, sun, heat, trials, despair. Hope is gone, only the drudgery of life continues. Or truth lost in reality Most people are like that aren’t they? They can’t experience true life because they don’t know what it is. But wait, what if you woke up one morning and the world was a different place - a better place of peace and hope and knowing? What if your soul awoke the reality, the inner person you really are? If this could happen, if there is hope what then? We will see, won’t we? Happy Trails

Donald Yates, Author, Spiritual Advisor, Former Director of Leadership and Development Training for First Baptist Church of Crossville, and Business Development coordinator for Imperial Research , is now retired but continues to engage life through self discovery.

SAVE GAS!

Learn How To Run Your Car On WATER! - - - -

Be Stronger - Live Longer

– Click Here

5. The Importance Of Being Grounded (2)
- Do you know what it feels like to be grounded? - Do you know how you can achieve better grounding in your life? I remember that, although I was meditating for quite a long time already, I had difficulties in feeling what it was to be grounded and to me it was very helpful to work with the meditation technique that I am going to tell you about: My teacher and mentor Christopher Beaver (Telluride-CO) taught me that: “Each individual possesses a natural rhythm that is as unique as their fingerprints or DNA. Staying connected to Mother Earth creates a change in your own personal energy field, so that you can re-align to a more natural way of being.” I have experienced that by becoming grounded you take the first step in evolving your consciousness towards change. Please be aware that these self motivation tips are the key to change and growth. Therefore I recommend you to practice this self motivation exercise in order to obtain the necessary self motivation skills. To achieve better grounding in your life, I share this meditation with you. I am convinced that it will be of great help to you too: 1. Find a quiet place and sit, either in the Lotus posture, or in a chair with your back straight and both your feet on the ground, your hands resting on your thighs with the palms up. (This helps you to be open) 2. Close your eyes and breath, while your jaws are unlocked and your tongue touches the back of your lower front teeth. 3. Take 3 slow deep breaths to let your body know that you are going into meditation. 4. Start breathing-in through your nose and- out through your mouth and open yourself to receive Mother Earth’s energy. Feel this energy surround you like loving arms, sending you nurturing and unconditional acceptance. 5. Feel an imaginary cord opening up underneath your body and visualize it to roll out to the centre of the earth. 6. A red colored grounding energy enters your body at the base of your spine. Let it flow into your pelvis and the lower part of your body. Then direct it up the back of your spine and let it go up to the top of your head, after which you let it flow down the front of your spine. 7. Keep breathing-in through your nose and- out through your mouth, while you feel this energy moving up and down your spine and into the lower part of your body. This meditation will truly help you to: - feel connected to the Earth - balance - create a deep inner peace - become stress-resistant - feel energized - bring you to your deepest internal information - feel what you REALLY want So, give yourself a gift, take action and repeat this exercise for 20 minutes every day.

Ab van Deemter (http://www.passiontogrow.com) is a Personal Growth specialist and a spiritual person, who believes in sharing his knowledge of personal perseverance. He has studied metaphysics and other holistic methods for many years and embarked on a life of success. With successful tools for personal freedom he has made it past a life full of obstacles and now mentors and teaches business owners, their staff, his own employees, as well as a large group of private individuals.

Maria Duval - Why Metaphysics Part 2

Why Metaphysics Part 2
Basically, arrogance is an inferior attitude masking as superiority. Inferiority or superiority complexes are both egoic expressions. The human ego often wishes the Self to appear what it is not. Even if we knew a lot, if we have read a thousand books, studied under countless Gurus, have permanent contact with a Cosmic Master, experienced a 1001 delights and terrors, meditate constantly, possess the world, or are powerful in some psychic way, it still does not give us a reason to egoically compare others with ourselves, or to judge them--by seeing others as inferior to us, by labelling them as bad, low, and vile. Many so-called spiritual teachers still do this. They criticize and condemn others without realizing that, spiritually speaking, there is no separation between others and themselves. What we see in others also lies below the conscious threshold within ourselves; what we do to others, we also do to ourselves, what we think of others, we also think of ourselves. What another is doing in the present we may well have done so ourselves in the past or perhaps will do so in the future. There is no need for judgment but a lot of need of mercy, understanding, and tolerance. Essentially, a spiritual being will not indulge in the judgment of dualistic concepts and the relativistic opposites such as good and bad, right and wrong, rich and poor, strong and weak, etc. These things are reconciled or transcended by the mage. St. Paul once said that if we owned the world and all powers and gifts of the spirit but lack love we were nothing. This is felt by all true spiritual teachers and practitioners.

Metaphysics should not be confused with the paranormal nor with parapsychology. The paranormal and parapsychology are simply aspects of metaphysics--using the term in its broadest sense..

In regards to metaphysical experiences we should keep in mind that metaphysics encompasses the two basic divisions of psychicism and mysticism, thaumaturgy and theurgy. Experiences in both fields may be considered "metaphysical," however, a psychic experience is dissimilar to a mystical one, and vice versa. One relates to the perception of events occurring in the lower planes or dimensions, the other to spiritual Self-awareness and the expansion of the consciousness encompassing the Whole.

As can be understood from the above, metaphysics has a transcendent value. It caters to both the physical and spiritual aspects of man. Metaphysics begins where traditional psychology leaves off, it goes where dogmatic religion is afraid to go, it extents further than mainstream science is able to reach with its laboratory equipment--although we must admit that many technological advances have been made in this direction, most of which have not yet been made available to the general public for reasons of censure. The release of such technology would dethrone the powers that seek to enslave the world and the Dark forces are trying very hard to prevent humanity from being empowered.

One of the misconceptions regarding metaphysics is that it is unscientific and based upon superstitious ideas. This is not in our experience. Metaphysics is scientific, rational, empirical and pragmatic, or it could indeed well be "superstitious" depending on one's attitude, beliefs, and manner of approach, or how one would like it to be. This might seem as a paradox and yet it may be reconciled. We liberate our minds or impose limitations upon it by our beliefs and attitudes, and by those limitations we circumscribe our mental and spiritual growth. Our beliefs and attitudes form our basic interpretation of Reality. If a thing is of value, because of prejudice we will not see it. We will see what we want to see, and refuse to see what we refuse to see.

Metaphysics may be approached in various ways. If one has a background in mathematics, one's approach would be mathematical. If one has a psychological background one would naturally approach it from a psychological standpoint. And if one simply believes or disbelieves in metaphysical principles then the result would be in accordance to that mental condition. For instance, if we disbelieve that man may go to the moon we would not exert effort to putting him there. If we believe that we are doomed to failure we would never motivate ourselves to work for success. This concept relates to how we form our own personal experiences in life, our own personal reality. Intrinsically, however, personal opinions do not affect the natural laws operating in our universe. We may discount the reality of gravity, for instance, and yet the law still functions in our everyday experience. The same goes with the other natural laws like karma and reincarnation. Belief or disbelief in them will not affect their existence and operation. Just because these laws are not mentioned by prophets and written about in Holy Scriptures do not nullify their activity. Come to think of it, many scientific natural laws are not mentioned in Holy Writ, does this prove their non-existence?

Though certain aspects of metaphysics may be considered to be speculative, as it deals with the Ultimate Reality, the First Cause, creation, and ontology or the nature of being--what interests us is the application of its principles and direction of Cosmic laws in everyday life. The worth of a science lies in its value, relevancy, and applicability in everyday living. If it is inefficient in aiding humanity to create abundance, peace, health, etc., then it is impractical and worthless. Some people have this kind of misconception concerning metaphysics, they believe that metaphysics is impractical, too abstract, or that it violates natural law and hence, religion; however, the opposite is true. Metaphysics and its principles work in harmony with Cosmic laws and is extremely practical. Applied Metaphysics, as differentiated from Speculative Metaphysics, is wholly practical and essential to daily life. It empowers us with the tools and knowledge necessary to achieve a successful and fulfilled life.

Though the art and science of metaphysics is still in its infancy compared to what lies ahead, there is enough teachings, techniques and systems to assist us live a fruitful, productive and creative life in accord with the Divine Will. The more we know and understand, the more wisdom we possess, the more motivated, focused and confident we are--the more chances we have of fulfilling our mission in life.

There is an on-going electromagnetic regeneration occurring in our solar system in our present "time-period." The present interaction and interfacing of energy fields in the part of our galaxy that our solar system is entering are causing the transformation of worlds and all beings connected to them in an evolutionary manner. Electromagnetic energies radiating from power centers in multi-dimensional universes are affecting and transforming everything in its path or field of influence. These energies induce and impel all beings to rise in their awareness level. They stimulate Man and Nature to form a new relationship based on trust and healthy cooperation. St Francis of Assisi was a pioneer and a model for us in this regard. This friar considered all beings--trees and animals, included--as his brothers and sisters.

The transformations that are currently occurring politically and socially in the world are just a few of the physical effects of the cosmic bombardment of these energy rays. Changes will occur at every level lifting humanity to a new state of being, to a higher level of divine expression. The transmutational process currently operating is represented by the Water Bearer-the sign of Aquarius, and the Aquarian Age. The water flowing from the vessel represents the energies flowing from the Mental, Buddhic and Atmic realms. These are just some of the higher dimensions operating above the personality level. Collectively, these three dimensions are represented by the pail held by the Water Bearer from whence these energies flow, and the Water Bearer as the Higher Christ Self within each individual.

The New Age or the Aquarian Age can be interpreted as the "second-coming" of Christ, for His sign (Aquarius) shall appear or is appearing in the sky in an astronomical sense; he "appears" in the clouds or energies of the New Age, and every eye shall "see" him--that is, feel his influence.

How can we appreciate the value of metaphysics? It takes careful study and analysis with a non-prejudicial mind before a true evaluation can be made of any science or thing. Metaphysics is of no exception. The problem is that too many people have preconceived the nature of metaphysics without having investigated the matter. Some consider it as the science of Lucifer or other such nonsense. All knowledge is essentially neutral in nature. Nothing is good or bad in itself. We attribute a thing as good or bad, right or wrong from the standpoint of our own moral standards or preference and this is constantly changing in consonance with the level of our spiritual awareness.

Metaphysical teachings help us in various ways. It teaches us the existence of the many Cosmic laws operating in the universe and how these laws function in the world of beings. If understanding just a simple Cosmic law like karma helps one to correct misconceptions and alleviate our struggles, and relieve certain psychological pain, can you imagine how the awareness and understanding of a dozen Cosmic laws would help improve the quality and value of one's life? It should be realized that if a person were to cry out in pain to God for an explanation to all of her problems and excruciating experiences, and that if she were confused and at a loss of knowing how to react or respond to certain situations, then it should be known that there are possible errors in that person's philosophy of life, in that person's understanding of the functions and laws of the universe, and the purpose of life, or of the person's personal mission. Since one's philosophy of life is associated with one's cultural and religious beliefs, then those beliefs should be looked into for possible false notions and dogmatic errors that do not reflect the workings of Nature.

True religion brings joy, bliss, understanding and wisdom to the heart, and is scientifically inclined. If it does not do so, and if it simply causes one to believe a thing without offering personal determination of its truth through experience, knowledge and understanding then it may be seen as a diversion from the true spiritual path. We state emphatically here that to be religious is not synonymous to being spiritual. A spiritual person may be religious, but a religious person is not always spiritual. A spiritual person knows whereas a religious person simply possesses faith, which at times may be expressed blindly in the condition called fanaticism.

In metaphysics we develop power, intelligence and wisdom. Wisdom is a blend of knowledge, understanding, and experience directed by the buddhic principle of love--unconditional love. It is thinking with the heart and feeling with the mind. This distinguishes the higher metaphysical development of spirituality from the lower metaphysical unfoldment of psychicism. In a lower metaphysical development we may solely possess psychic ability or power but no wisdom and understanding to use it. We unfold in an unbalanced way. When power exceeds the wisdom to apply it, the seeds of self-destruction is inherent and might be the probable outcome. Advanced metaphysicians have all three aspects of divinity in full development or unfolding in a balanced and harmonious way, these three are: the aspects of love/wisdom, power/will, and intelligence/activity.

The more Cosmic laws and truths we apprehend with our souls and apply in our every day lives, the more spiritual, divine, and powerful we become. The more we purify ourselves from all the dross and toxins in our energy-structures, and the more we liberate ourselves from preconceived human mortal limitations, the more we are able to access divine energies and express our divinity, or our divine attributes. We are able to manifest our Christ Self. The term "Christ Self" should be understood as a component within the microcosm, or Man--both visible and invisible, and as the True Self functioning at a certain consciousness level beyond personality functions and expressions. In metaphysics Christ is not conceived as a historical person but rather understood from a mystical and mythical standpoint. Christ is often apprehended as a state of awareness of man functioning at a spiritual level. This is real power: the power derived from one's own spiritual knowing, awareness and being. Most of the so-called powers claimed by some psychics are borrowed from disembodied entities and are basically illusory and impermanent. Such temporal and borrowed powers in the end may seek to control and obsess the person using them. This is one reason that one should be aware of the dangers in psychicism before embarking upon its development. It is always safer to first develop true spirituality and the taming of the false ego. The injunction is to first seek the kingdom of God that all things shall be added unto us.

In metaphysics we come to learn of many teachings of Cosmic laws and principles that aid us to deal with life, to master our lower self and express all that is divine in us. This is true mastery. The word Master does not mean being able to control Nature or others, it is the ability to effectively work in cooperation with Her and with our fellow man in creating harmony, peace, and abundance in our world, in our shared reality, in our conjoined dream. Real Masters are those who have mastered the animalistic and humanistic elements of their being and are now expressing their god-hood. Cosmic or Ascended Masters do not generally consider themselves as Masters for they realize that they themselves are in a state of learning. Such is their humility.

Copyright © 2006 Luxamore

Leonard Lee aka Luxamore
Metaphysical teacher, counseler, healer and merchant of occult/magickal items of Indonesia.
Magickal Items from Indonesia: talismans, mustika pearls, kerises, etc.
Magickal Bezoar Mustika Pearls from Indonesia.

Two Beginner Witchcraft Spells For Money And Protection
Your first spell in any path of Witchcraft should be one of protection. There are two reasons for this. First, protection spells are very safe... even if you are inexperienced, no harm can come from casting a protection spell the "wrong way"...

The second reason is because most protection spells are relatively easy. I've given you one here, and also a simple money spell you can do too...

Enjoy these witchcraft spells...

Beginner Spell #1 �"Make a Piggy Bank Seed

This extremely simple spell is so easy it is almost funny. Don’t let that fool you though, it works very well to bring wealth into your life. My Grandmother had me do it as a child (it worked so well, I still have the same dollar bill in a piggy bank almost 30 years later).

This spell also works best in the evening, and in the protection of a Magick circle �" at your altar.

You will need:

A piggy bank
A dollar bill, play money, or a piece of paper
Clove oil
Green or gold thread

Dab the four corners of the money, play money, or paper with clove oil. Fold the bill three times.

Wrapping towards you, wind the thread around the dollar bill. Tie it with three knots. Place this seed dollar in the piggy bank. The anointed dollar will act as seed money and will draw more money to it (and into your life).


Beginner Spell #2 �" Dragon Protection

This spell will create energy of protection through your aura �" giving your protection from bad luck, and bad energies.

This is best done after you have cast your Magick circle, in your sacred space around your altar.

You will need one white or purple candle to represent yourself and one black candle for the earth dragon.


Cast your magick circle. Stir the dragon of the element of the north (Earth). Light the earth dragon candle and chant these words:

“Earth dragon strong and true,
Send to me your magick new.
Egg of protection we shall see,
This is my will so mote it be.”

As you chant, envision energy moving from the dragon candle to the one that represents you. See the energy around your candle as green light in the shape of an egg.

When you feel this has been accomplished, light your candle from the dragon candle. See your magick happening and know you are protected. Snuff out your candle and put it in a safe place. Any time you need additional protection, light this magickally charged candle. Remember to snuff it out (don’t blow it out) and put it in a safe place.

Rose has been practicing different forms of Witchcraft for over 27 years. For more information on witchcraft spells visit her site The Ask Rose Ariadne Witchcraft Site"

How To Use A Crystal Ball
Step 1. Preparation Most people find crystal ball gazing is easiest in a quiet, dimly lit room. Many people like to have candles burning. For some the reflections of the flames help to summon images - others find them a distraction. Burning incence is common and some people like to have soothing music playing gently in the background.The important thing to remember is that you are creating an atmosphere. The important key when doing crystal ball gazing is that you must be relaxed and your mind must be clear. It is always best to perform a cleansing ritual followed by a protection ritual, and THEN begin your crystal ball work. Normally a cleansing ritual would be performed on night one. The next night you would perform a protection ritual on yourself and within the room you intend on performing the crystal ball gazing. On the third night you can then be well prepared to use your crystal ball. Even though these rituals are not necessity, it is always wise to do them for maximum safety and best results. When performing any form of scrying or divination you are summoning forth forces from the spirit realm. Normally these forces are closed off from this plane we live in unless otherwise disturbed such as through specific rituals such as crystal ball gazing and scrying. When you perform divination these forces can either aid you in bringing forth images of the future or other events, or attack you. Evil spirits and negative influences can use your crystal ball, scrying mirror, ouija board, or pendulum a link for them to step through into this world. They can also use it as a means to drain energy from you as well. This is why it is always best to ensure proper cleansing and protection is prepared before hand. Step 2. The Crystal Ball Gazing Method Place the crystal ball on a table in front of you. Many crystal balls you can buy come with their own stand. If you don't have a crystal ball stand you might like to use a small cushion or a silk handkerchief purchased and reserved specially for this purpose. *Tip* To amplify your crystal ball gazing, you can use a gemstone sphere as a compliment to the crystal ball. Simply having a gemstone sphere resting next the crystal ball can augment your diving two fold. Sit down and relax. Lay your hands gently on the ball for a minute or two in order to energise it and strengthen your psychic rapport. Whilst holding the crystal ball, think about the purpose of this scrying session. If appropriate try to visualise the subject of your question. Some people like to ask the question out loud, others prefer to internalise it. Now, remove your hands from the crystal. Look into the crystal, stare deeply. Allow your eyes to relax and become slightly unfocused. After a little while you should see a mist or smoke forming in the crystal. Let this mist grow and fill the ball, then visualise it gradually clearing to reveal images within the crystal. The images you see might not be what you expected. That's OK, don't fight them. Your subconscious mind knows what information you need. Many people find that when they first begin to use a crystal ball, the images have nothing to do with what they focus on. This is because your mind is not yet adjusted at being able to grasp and focus on the energies being past from your subconscious into the crystal ball itself. Think of the mental energies going from your mind to the crystal ball as a funnel. The base or "tip" of the funnel is your subconscious energies and that energy is being directed upwards towards your conscious mind which is the mid point of the funnel. The conscious part of the mind that receives the subconscious energy then "spills" it into the crystal ball to form those images from the subconscious, which would be the mouth of the funnel. Since divination uses both the subsconscious and conscious part of the mind at the same time it can be rather difficult to concentrate on both at once. Your subconscious is where the energy is stemming from. It passes it upwards to your conscious which is needed to act on that energy into the crystal ball. Without the conscious mind you would be in more of a deep meditated state and your eyes would not be able to consciously focus or input the images within the crystal ball. As noted, it is perfectly ok that the first couple times you divine with a crystal ball the images are not related to what it is you want. The fact you are able to see ANYTHING in the crystal ball is showing progress. The more you work with the crystal ball, the better you will get at being able to see exactly what it is you want to see by manipulating your subconscious energies to your conscious energies, and then to the crystal ball. Either way, just let the images flow, changing and taking you wherever they choose to go. Don't try to rationalise now, time for that later. Step 3. Closing The Crystal Ball Session Let the images slowly fade back into the crystal ball. Don't just stop the session suddenly, instead reverse the process you used at the beginning. Visualise the mists coming back and covering the images, then receding to return the ball to its natural state. Thank your crystal ball and put it away carefully wrapped within a dark cloth is best as dark cloth keeps the energies of the ball contained within it and prevents it from leaking out. It is also always best to ensure you cleanse your crystal ball. A good, fast, and simple way of doing this is to simply light a sage smudge stick and or sage incense and move the ball around the smoke before you place it back for storage. Another quick and easy way to cleanse your crystal ball would be to give it a dip in salt water for roughly one minute. You do not want to soak it too long in salt as it can damage and ruin the crystal ball. If you would like to view different crystal balls or if you would like to purchase one you can find them here: http://moonslightmagic.com

Moon's Light Magic has their own information blog on ritual tools, wicca, witchcraft, paganism, the occult, and the paranormal: http://moonslightmagicblog.blogspot.com

Meditation Techniques
Meditation Techniques Meditation refers to a state where your body and mind are consciously relaxed and focused. Practitioners of this art report increased awareness, focus, and concentration, as well as a more positive outlook in life. Meditation is most commonly associated with monks, mystics and other spiritual disciplines. However, you don’t have to be a monk or mystic to enjoy its benefits. And you don’t even have to be in a special place to practice it. You could even try it in your own living room! Although there are many different approaches to meditation, the fundamental principles remain the same. The most important among these principles is that of removing obstructive, negative, and wandering thoughts and fantasies, and calming the mind with a deep sense of focus. This clears the mind of debris and prepares it for a higher quality of activity. The negative thoughts you have �" those of noisy neighbors, bossy officemates, that parking ticket you got, and unwanted spam�" are said to contribute to the ‘polluting’ of the mind, and shutting them out is allows for the ‘cleansing’ of the mind so that it may focus on deeper, more meaningful thoughts. Some practitioners even shut out all sensory input �" no sights, no sounds, and nothing to touch �" and try to detach themselves from the commotion around them. You may now focus on a deep, profound thought if this is your goal. It may seem deafening at first, since we are all too accustomed to constantly hearing and seeing things, but as you continue this exercise you will find yourself becoming more aware of everything around you. If you find the meditating positions you see on television threatening �" those with impossibly arched backs, and painful-looking contortions �" you need not worry. The principle here is to be in a comfortable position conducive to concentration. This may be while sitting cross-legged, standing, lying down, and even walking. If the position allows you to relax and focus, then that would be a good starting point. While sitting or standing, the back should be straight, but not tense or tight. In other positions, the only no-no is slouching and falling asleep. Loose, comfortable clothes help a lot in the process since tight fitting clothes have a tendency to choke you up and make you feel tense. The place you perform meditation should have a soothing atmosphere. It may be in your living room, or bedroom, or any place that you feel comfortable in. You might want an exercise mat if you plan to take on the more challenging positions (if you feel more focused doing so, and if the contortionist in you is screaming for release). You may want to have the place arranged so that it is soothing to your senses. Silence helps most people relax and meditate, so you may want a quiet, isolated area far from the ringing of the phone or the humming of the washing machine. Pleasing scents also help in that regard, so stocking up on aromatic candles isn’t such a bad idea either. The monks you see on television making those monotonous sounds are actually performing their mantra. This, in simple terms, is a short creed, a simple sound which, for these practitioners, holds a mystic value. You do not need to perform such; however, it would pay to note that focusing on repeated actions such as breathing, and humming help the practitioner enter a higher state of consciousness. The principle here is focus. You could also try focusing on a certain object or thought, or even, while keeping your eyes open, focus on a single sight. One sample routine would be to �" while in a meditative state �" silently name every part of you body and focusing your consciousness on that part. While doing this you should be aware of any tension on any part of your body. Mentally visualize releasing this tension. It works wonders. In all, meditation is a relatively risk-free practice and its benefits are well worth the effort (or non-effort �" remember we’re relaxing). Studies have shown that meditation does bring about beneficial physiologic effects to the body. And there has been a growing consensus in the medical community to further study the effects of such. So in the near future, who knows, that mystical, esoteric thing we call meditation might become a science itself! Written by http://www.diyconservatories-and-windows.co.uk/ of http://www.digital-view-web.co.uk/

Web Design - Programming and Multimedia Services at Digital View http://www.digital-view-web.co.uk

Aliens: Where SETI Astronomers Can Find Them
SETI, or Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence, has been an ongoing endeavor for many decades. In the early days, it was expected to be a quick success, so much so that national governments even helped fund these projects. Like the Moon race, there was something of a "find E.T." race. All that is gone now. Government funding has virtually evaporated around the globe. The explanation is simple: no one likes a perpetual failure. The few remaining SETI efforts have to count on private funding to scrape along. Well, the objective of this article is to come to the rescue of the last of the SETI astronomers, to tell them where they can find E.T. so that they can regain the world's respect. That last sentence was not meant to be cynical. As noted in my article "Decoding Book Resurrects the Ancient Astronaut Theme," author Morten St. George claims that some of the prophecies of Nostradamus are of alien origin, and that those prophecies tell us how to calculate the galactic coordinates of where E.T. came from. In a follow-up interview, I posed the following question to St. George: Do you agree that contact with intelligent aliens could be of immense importance to humankind? He agreed. Then I asked: Do you agree that this is more important than your selling a few copies of your cryptic thinking book? He agreed. This article will be a little longer and a little more technical than the others. According to St. George, three prophetic stanzas combine to provide information about E.T.'s location. The first of these is stanza number I-81. Here, the first four words of the fourth verse are the most relevant: "Kappa, Thita, Lambda, mors." St. George says he has an etymological dictionary that defines "mors" as the "bite of a scorpion." Consequently, Kappa, Theta, and Lambda are the names of three stars in the tail section of the constellation Scorpius. (Note that the use of Greek letters for star names postdates Nostradamus). It's a star arrow, and Lambda is the arrow head. Elsewh:ere, the prophecies name three cities to form an arrow circling around the globe; thus, St. George believes the three stars should be viewed as points on a sphere. Where does the star arrow point? St. George says he followed the star arrow upwards on a star map and it hit or passed close to a dark cloud called Barnard 72, for which he already had other indications. So that's the answer. E.T. came from or near Barnard 72. But we're not done yet. We're looking for precise coordinates. The second stanza is numbered IV-32. According to St. George's decoding, this stanza tells a story: Once upon a time, Triton, Pluto, and Charon formed a triple planet system with a distinct orbit around the Sun. Then one day, the aliens came along, grabbed hold of Triton, and pushed it into a retrograde orbit around the planet Neptune. In route to Neptune, Pluto and Charon hung on for a while, then broke loose and drifted off into a new orbit. When did this happen? St. George says the aliens were here in 580 A.D., so that would be his guess for the date of these planet manipulations. I mentioned that I had read on the Internet that Pluto has been downgraded, that it is no longer considered a planet. St. George responded: "I believe that was because they found that Pluto didn't clear away debris in its orbit. But since 580 A.D., a contemporary date in terms of solar system history, Pluto in its new orbit would have made only a handful of complete orbits around the Sun, hardly enough time to clear away much debris. In any case, the astronomers got it all wrong. What they should really be looking for is Triton's original orbit, a cleared-out orbit with no planet in it. And I doubt that we're talking about an orbit at the outer edges of the solar system. Triton's original orbit may have been closer to the Sun than Neptune. They need to figure out where Triton could have been in 580 A.D., then they will know where to look for that orbit." Why did the aliens move Triton? A display of power? St. George remarked that the star arrow only provides longitudinal coordinates. We also need to know the latitude . The planets have to be in the right position at the right time. And the three stars too, for that matter. The last stanza of the three stanzas is numbered IV-33. It begins: Jupiter closer to Venus than to the Moon, appearing in full whiteness. According to St. George, Earth and Jupiter would have to be pretty much on opposite sides of the Sun for this to be true, and the full Moon (more likely seen from the Alien Planet than from Earth) serves as a timer. The alignment is Alien Planet, Sun, Moon. The next line of IV-33 goes: Venus hidden under the whiteness Neptune (discovered more than two hundred years after the death of Nostradamus). Note that there's no "of" between whiteness and Neptune. Meanwhile, the French words following "hidden" (used elsewhere in the prophecies to cryptic ends), "soUS la bANcheUR," allows the extraction of "Uranus." Thus, the whiteness (partial rather than full) is Uranus, not Neptune, and we have a second alignment: Alien Planet, Uranus, Venus. IV-33 has one more line: From Mars struck through the white granary. Since Neptune was left hanging at the end of the preceding line, it should come into play here, meaning Neptune from Mars struck through the white granary. According to St. George, the "white granary" refers to a star cluster called the Pleiades, which happens to lie at the opposite side of the sky from Barnard 72. Until recently, St. George thought the planetary arrow to Barnard 72 commenced with Mars, so he not yet had a chance to check out if a Mars, Neptune, Pleiades alignment, or a Pleiades, Mars, Neptune alignment, is even feasible. Overall, there are only a limited number of possibilities. IV-33 gives us two inner planets, Venus and Mars, and two outer planets, Uranus and Neptune. Mars lines up with Neptune to hit the Pleiades, and Venus lines up with Uranus to hit the Alien Planet. Depending upon the Pleiades direction, Uranus and Neptune need to be together on the same side of the solar system or on directly opposing ends of the solar system. Also remember to check that you're viewing a full Moon from the Alien Planet, and that Jupiter is closer to Venus than the Moon at the same time. When? The skies and planets are in constant motion. In what year does all this happen? St. George is convinced that the date of the given configuration should somehow or somewhere be provided in the prophecies. Other than the stanza number, 433, we have 580, 700, 703, 882, 883, 1204, 1559, 1571, 1607, 1609, 1649, 1666, 1689, 1690, 1700, 1727, 1781, 1813, 1832, 1858, 1859, 1861, 1928, 1952, 1955, 1979, 1982, 1999, 2001, and 2006. The years 1571, 1607, 1781, 1859, and 1982 were astronomy related. St. George suspects one of the later years is more likely mainly because astronomers may not have accurate data the position of the outer planets in earlier times. "We have to assume that they want us to get it right, and precision is clearly required here." 2006? What happened in 2006? St. George replied: "Absolutely nothing. 2006 was a second, inferable date in a London catastrophe stanza. The date does not necessarily have to come from an astronomy stanza. It can be provided elsewhere." Please excuse the digression. My final question was: Do you realistically expect SETI astronomers to take you up on this coordinate stuff? St. George responded: "Yes. It would be foolish of them not to. The way they're going now, their odds of finding E.T. are not even one in a billion. If my theories merely reduce the odds to one in a thousand, their chances improve immensely. Moreover, I think they've forgotten; SETI was originally based on the premise that there are lots of intelligent civilizations out there, which in turn implies that at least one of them should have succeeded in exploring the entire galaxy by now." So there you have it, SETI astronomers, go forth and become famous; work out the coordinates, point your radio telescope there, and tell the world you heard from E.T.!

Gersiane De Brito is an aspiring writer from Fortaleza, Brazil. Other articles by her can be found on the Cryptic Thinking Official Site: http://www.crypticthinking.com .

The Roswell UFO Crash: A New Lead and a New Direction
It’s been nearly sixty years since the crash of an alleged Alien Spacecraft near Roswell, NM. Despite a multitude of credible civilian and military witnesses who claim the object and its occupants were from another world, we still lack absolute proof. As a result, researchers trying to solve this puzzle constantly hope for two things: Actual physical evidence and reliable witnesses.

Because the Roswell Crash took place in 1947, the likelihood of turning up any new first hand witnesses to the crash, military investigation or cover-up fades with each year that passes. The same may be said of physical evidence. Even if somebody found a shoe box full of metal or other strange material from the crash stashed in their attic, they might not even know what it was. That leaves the possibility of second or third hand witnesses.

While it’s easy to dismiss witnesses who didn’t actually experience the crash or aftermath, they can often provide serious researchers with some tidbit of information that can lead to more later. Recently, I was contacted by a man living in California who I’ll call Al. After listening to the late Colonel Philip Corso (author of ‘The Day after Roswell’) speak about events surrounding the Roswell UFO Crash on a late night radio show, Al began to give some thought to something that had occurred earlier in his life.

Al moved to San Francisco, California, in 1964. Sometime in the winter of 1964-65, he was set up on a blind date with ‘a good-looking young blond woman.’ While he could not recall her name or where they went on the date, he did remember an unusual conversation they had at the end of the evening.

Although the two didn’t hit it off romantically, they did seem to enjoy talking with one another. The topics included philosophy, astronomy and science fiction. All very popular themes of the day. At some point the young woman asked Al if he believed in the existence of other life forms or Alien life in the Universe. Al said he did and gave a few reasons why, which included the size of the Universe and the common scientific probabilities of the day. The young woman almost immediately gave affirmation to Al by saying something like, “Yea, you’re right,” and followed up with a most amazing story.

Al’s date began her narrative by explaining that she was the daughter of an Air Force Chaplain. The family lived in Roswell and her father was serving on the Base known as Roswell Army Air Field in 1947 (later named Walker Air Force Base in 1949). Although he cannot recall the actual calendar date or day of the week, the young woman told him that sometime during dinner two men came to the door to get her dad. She recalled hearing them tell him that his services were needed. The incident caused such a stir in the household that everyone stayed up late until he returned.

Seeing that everyone was still awake, the Chaplain told his family that he was called to give religious comfort to some sort of Alien Life Forms near what seemed to be an Alien Spacecraft. At least two of four creatures were still alive when he got there. He described them as looking a bit like adolescent boys, but obviously not human. No one knew what the creatures were or precisely how to care for them. As a result, all of the beings eventually perished. That was the crux of the story.

Al would have been seven and the young woman would have been around five years of age at the time of the Roswell UFO Crash. Despite her young age, one can assume that this event left a huge impression on her and was probably discussed a number of times over the years by one or more family members. Either way, she seemed to recall enough of the story to share it with her date.

As an experienced paranormal investigator, I know that you can second guess almost any story into oblivion. This is the way of most skeptics. They merely tinker with stories, evidence or witnesses until the believable becomes unbelievable. That is not what I will do here. Instead, I will consider the possibilities.

Although there are many missing pieces from this story, it has one shining asset. Al provides a fascinating new direction for Roswell UFO Crash researchers. I never thought to include a Chaplain in the mix of characters who were a part of the military response to the Roswell Crash. It’s easy to forget that people tended to be much more religious in those days. It’s also worthwhile to remember that no one expected an alien spacecraft to fall out of the sky and into a world that wasn’t ready for such an event.

While it might seem hard to imagine that a Chaplain would be considered important enough to be summoned in the manner he was for such an event, it gets easier if you consider the military mindset. When it comes to any branch of the armed services, it was and still is all about preparedness. We have to assume that some sort of short list of first responders for emergencies was always available to Officers on duty.

Despite the unusual nature of the vehicle and occupants which crashed near Roswell, the initial reaction of the military reveals an almost textbook response to what might otherwise have been considered to be something like a plane crash. The local funeral home was contacted for coffins and/or services, a military investigator and recovery crew was sent out to do their job and the press was duly notified. Given the religious beliefs and values of that time, it would not be unexpected to find a Military Chaplain being made available to those on the scene of a disaster.

Under normal circumstances, it probably wouldn’t be that difficult to track down the names of Military Chaplains serving at the Roswell Army Air Field in 1947. However, the task becomes very complicated because the base was home to military aircraft given the mission of carrying Atomic Bombs and personnel were involved in the retrieval and cover-up of a crashed Alien Spacecraft. Anyone who has ever visited Roswell or tried to follow the paper trail back to 1947 knows that peripheral information is everywhere, but tracing down specific information is difficult and the results are not always reliable.

Despite the hardships of verifying a story like this one, the new direction provided opens up a whole new world of possibilities. After all, Chaplains are not just military personnel, but have ties to mainline faiths. It’s possible that the Chaplain involved shared some information with other Chaplains or religious leaders, in addition to his immediate family, before the lid was clamped down or he was ordered to keep quiet. Al’s blind date of forty years ago may prove to be another important piece in the Roswell puzzle.

More articles about UFOs and the Paranormal are available at http://www.ufoguy.com

Author: Bill Knell Word Count: 1180 Author's Email: billknell@cox.net Author's Website: http://www.billknell.com Terms To Use Article: Permission is granted to use this article for free online or in print. Please add a link to or print my website address: http://www.billknell.com A native New Yorker now living in Arizona, Bill Knell is a forty-something guy with a wealth of knowledge and experience. A popular Speaker, Bill Knell presents seminars on a number of topics that entertain, train and teach.

JFK Conspiracy And Other Historical Secrets
The prophecies of Nostradamus, today popularly believed to be the work of a charlatan, are given new life in Morten St. George\'s Incantation of the Law Against Inept Critics: A Guide to Cryptic Thinking. St. George discovered that some of the famous stanzas masked their message by means of a unique type of cryptography involving the deployment of a wide array of deception devices. Nonetheless, a rigorous and systematic unraveling of these devices does not always wind up with the prophecies confirming recorded history. Unperturbed, St. George allows his decoding techniques to take the prophecies to where they lead: * Napoleon Bonaparte was murdered on his island of captivity by poison in the wine, instigated by a woman enraged over the defeat of his army in 1813. * President John F. Kennedy was assassinated by a group of conspirators led by his vice-president, Lyndon Baines Johnson. Officially accused by the Warren Commission, Lee Harvey Oswald was completely innocent since the bullets that killed Kennedy were fired from a rooftop, not from an open window. * The JFK conspirators were also behind the assassination of Kennedy\'s brother, Senator Robert F. Kennedy, several years later. * Martin Luther King was assassinated because of his opposition to the Vietnam War, not because of racism. * Egyptian president Anwar Sadat was assassinated because of his support for the anti-Islamic Shah of Iran, not because of his efforts to make peace with Israel. * The Russians paid the Bulgarians with a suitcase containing gold and more than a hundred thousand rubles to attempt the assassination of Pope Juan Paul II. * American satellites over the Falkland Islands guided a British submarine to an Argentine cruiser, which was torpedoed resulting in the death of hundreds of Argentine sailors. St. George claims that this information, as well as a clear allusion to all the major events of world history from Hiroshima to September 11, are conveyed by a mere forty-two stanzas that interconnect in intricate ways to supply the needed details. According to St. George, these forty-stanzas were originally part of a group of one hundred stanzas written in the sixth century, a thousand years before the time of Nostradamus. St. George, however, does not view this as a strategic problem for the prophecies: \"If the prophecies foresaw historical secrets, it is safe to assume that they also foresaw their translation into French; consequently, what we see in Nostradamus\' book are the intended prophecies. Even the destruction of the remaining fifty-eight prophecies can be deemed as foreseen and thus intended.\" As for the other nine hundred stanzas (Nostradamus published a total of 942 stanzas), St. George says they are largely re-writes, re-combinations, or thematic derivatives of elements of the original one hundred stanzas, with lots of new place names thrown in for good measure. Indeed, meticulous analysis of the 942 stanzas reveals a large number of repeating terms and concepts. Consequently, according to St. George, the other nine hundred stanzas have no prophetic merit at all; their purpose was only to mask or conceal the forty-two stanzas of the sixth century, and they were very successful at doing just that. When asked if the forty-two prophecies were the product of extraordinary psychic powers, St. George asserted: \"The future cannot be foreseen by means of psychic powers, nor by means of astrological calculations, tarot cards, black magic, crystal balls, or any other such thing.\" Then pressured to explain the prophecies, St. George replied: \"Super-civilization technology. Very simple, really. You gain access to the time stream by orbiting our planet at the speed of light.\" The final question was: What was the motive for writing one hundred prophecies in the sixth century? To this, St. George responded: \"The gloom of the Dark Ages was already upon the scene, and ignorance became perpetually self-generating. It\'s a common misconception that technological progress is an inherent characteristic of humankind. Without intervention, western civilization today would be exactly like it was back then, embroiled in an endless cycle of famine, plague, and petty warfare. It took the prophecies fourteen hundred years to achieve their objective, which seems like a long time by the standard of a human lifetime, but might not be such a long time by other standards.\" # # # Article by Gersiane De Brito, with special thanks to Morten St. George and the www.crypticthinking.com web site. In an upcoming article, tentatively entitled \"The Mechanics of Deception Cryptography,\" Morten St. George goes into detail on how the prophetic verses technically manage to convey historical secrets and other information.

Gersiane De Brito was born and raised in Fortaleza, Brazil. An English language student and aspiring writer, she works part time as an assistant to author Morten St. George and the www.crypticthinking.com web site.

Maria Duval - What are affirmations?

What are affirmations?
Close your eyes for a full minute and observe your thoughts. Try it. According to a study, an average human have 55,000 thoughts per day or 38 thoughts per minute. So, what were your 38 thoughts about? Were the thoughts running so fast you couldn’t decipher its meaning? If you try observing your thoughts in silence with your eyes closed for a longer period of time, you will come to experience how our thoughts are a reflection of our inner beliefs. Every thought you think that is decoded into a word you say is an affirmation. Our reality is created by our beliefs; beliefs are thought patterns we developed since childhood. These beliefs make up our personality; the positive beliefs become our strengths while the negative ones form our weaknesses. So, self development is all about transforming our weaknesses in order to have a more fulfilling life. You would have probably read numerous self-help books and attended countless motivational seminars, yet the dysfunctional thought patterns are still a hindrance to growth. Why? Most of our learning experiences are done on a conscious level. There is still growth and change on this level but some of our erroneous thought patterns are deep-seated. These flawed thoughts ought to be released and replaced with affirmative positive thoughts. When we integrate positive experiences like a duck takes to water, it means we have made an affirmative deposit into our subconscious level. Our self-talk is a stream of affirmations and we are constantly affirming subconsciously through thoughts and speech which in turn become our life experience in every moment. The subconscious utilizes the behaviour patterns learned in the past to respond and react to all that is happening every moment in our life. If the basis for our beliefs is flawed at an early stage (e.g. “I am not good enough”), problems would crop up throughout life. The skills of being aware of our thoughts are not taught in schools as we were growing up. So, as long as we haven’t understood that faulty beliefs are the source of our problems, we would be going around in much despair. Just like how you would re-boot the central processing unit of your computer when you want to start anew, you can re-programme your thought patterns. Positive affirmations can replace invalid beliefs and create the reality you desire. Positive affirmations are short statements that help focus your awareness on your power and ability to create and have what you want. They are stated in the present tense as you repeat and say these affirmations, you will begin to create them as true for you. So in place of the erroneous belief in the example above, affirm: “I accept and love myself for who I am now”; and, “I give myself permission to be all I can be”. Use affirmations to open and expand your awareness of what you can have. Use them to align with your wisdom and to attune with the unlimited abundance of the universe. As you repeatedly say them to yourself, you will create positive, more enriching realities in your life. For a start, you may write your own affirmations on small pieces of paper and plaster them on your computer screen, car dashboard or the bathroom mirror.

Meeyuen Thang is a former journalist and since becoming a mother, her main interests are self improvement and child development, particularly in emotional literacy. You can visit her website at http://www.parentingtalks.com

Focus Beyond Success
Many people get really anxious when studying for the exams such as the PMP (Project Management Professional) or CAPM (Certified Associate in Project Management) and so their anxiety works against them. The reason that they are anxious is largely because of their fear of failure. We could say that their belief in the likelihood of their failure is stronger that their belief in their success. In order to find a way out of this mess, it helps to know a little of how the mind works. Everybody wants to be successful. Of course it could be argued that some people obviously want to fail in life �" but that means that they want to be successful in failing. And so when they eventually DO fail, they succeeded in achieving their life’s main goal. And that’s a level of success that few of us achieve. When aiming for a goal, it is very important to concentrate on the successful outcomes of your task, rather than on the goal itself. For example, if you are studying for the PMP exam, you should focus on what you intend to do once you have your certification, rather than just on having letters after your name. You should concentrate on the benefits after the goal is achieved, because your energy ends where you have your focus (I’ll come back to this later). For example, suppose you are playing soccer and you have to take a penalty kick. If you concentrate really hard on taking the kick, you will become anxious and may kick the ball badly. The trick is to imagine that you have just scored the winning goal. Imagine the crowd cheering -- actually hear them in your mind -- and hear them calling your name. Imagine how good the success feels, and how proud of yourself you feel. Imagine the other soccer players running up to you and hugging you and congratulating you. If you do this, then you will relax and actually score the goal. Because if you can truly make your mind believe that you can truly make something happen, then your mind will do all that it can to make it happen (this is explained by “expectancy theory”). So if you say to someone “study hard, and try hard to pass the exam,” that is a waste of time because they are already doing that, and concentrating more on the problems will make them anxious and doubt their abilities. It is much better to get them to focus beyond the end result. Tell them to think about how good they will feel when they pass the PMP exam. And how good it will feel, pinning on the little gold badge. Tell them to imagine how wonderful and proud they will feel the first day they step back into their place of work as a PMP, to give the good news to their boss. Tell them to imagine that they’re being interviewed in the future by a reporter from a big magazine, because the magazine wants to print a feature article on their successes. Tell them to imagine how good it feels to be so successful in life. Once they believe that, it will start to happen. Your energy ends where you have your focus Now, coming back to this statement. It sounds “New age”, but it’s not. A long time ago I practiced karate for a while. This is a very relaxing sport, which seems to be largely concerned with smashing things. I was trying to break wooden planks, but with no success. My understanding of the “formula” was: Strength + technique + tough hands = (whatever you like/don’t like) smashed to bits. I had the strength and the tough hands; in fact I could hit the plank repeatedly without hurting myself too much, and the technique appeared to be right too. But then, as a result of some research, I started really believing that I could break the plank. So now my formula became: Strength + belief + technique + tough hands = (whatever you like/don’t like) smashed to bits. So I focused and my mental and physical energy on a single point on the plank (and pictured it breaking) then hit it really hard. But I still couldn’t break it. Then some time later I met a really sweet girl, who had an incredible knack for smashing things, let me into her secret. She said, “Your problem is that you are focusing on the plank, but that’s were your energy ENDS, because your energy ends where you have your focus. If you want to break the plank, you have to focus on a spot 6 inches BEHIND the plank.” So once my focus (or goal) was to reach a spot behind the plank, my energy ended 6 inches behind the plank, rather than on it’s surface. I would like to say that I was able to smash the plank on my very next attempt. That was not the case, because I was still training my mind to accept the new focus. But only a few days later I was able to smash it. And I would like to say that the girl and I developed a smashing relationship, but it was not to be, because her focus lay beyond me.

Jim Owens PMP is a career Project Manager, Presenter and PMP Instructor. Director of Certification with PMI W Australia, Columnist with www.PMHub.net and Information Age Magazine. Visit Jim at http://www.PromotePM.org The Home of Project Management. Jim's Domains & Web Hosting: http://www.WebsWoven.com

Are Your Thoughts Right for You?
Do you spend a lot of time choosing what is and isn’t right for you? Whether it’s your clothes, job, mate, friends, kids, hobbies, diet or exercise you can expend a lot of energy trying to make the right choices life choices. Yet, how much effort do you devote to choosing what really rules your world and shapes your reality �" your thoughts?

Most people either aren’t aware of their thoughts or allow their thoughts to have free rein, which usually shows up as worrying about what you don’t want or what’s not right for you. What do you think about? Consider that your thoughts become beliefs, beliefs become actions and actions become your reality. Would it be worth your while to spend even a little bit more time choosing the thoughts that are right for you?

Here are five simple steps you can take to make sure your thoughts are right for you:

1. Don’t worry about whether your thoughts are negative or positive. A lot of energy is wasted on trying to think positive to overcome negative thoughts, which only gives power to the thoughts that aren’t right for you in the first place.
2. Don’t resist your thoughts. Another source of wasted energy is resisting undesired thoughts. What you resist persists and resisting undesired thoughts will only magnify them.
3. Realize that nothing is permanent especially your thoughts. Try observing your thoughts rather than reacting to them. This will free you from your thoughts and in turn open you up to the possibility of creating new thoughts.
4. Stop and listen to your thoughts and write them down. Writing down your thoughts will give you insight into what your current thoughts are. This allows you to detach from your thoughts and objectively consider whether or not they are right for you.
5. Ask yourself what you want to create in your life? Rather than focusing on ridding yourself of the thoughts that aren’t right for you, ask yourself, “What do I want to create in my life?” Write down a list of 5-10 things you want to create (begin each item with I have…) or write in free form about the life you want to experience (begin with I am…). By focusing on what you want to create in your life, your thoughts will become right for you and the life that is right for you will follow.

As you follow these steps, don’t be too hard on yourself or judge the process. Unrealistic expectations or harsh self-judgment will allow the thoughts that aren’t right for you to resurface. If you aren’t getting what you intended to create, simply notice what you have created and check to see if there is a connection between your thoughts leading up to that moment. Then, repeat these steps until you begin to notice a shift to what you do intend to create and your thoughts. An ongoing practice of creating will transform your thoughts and your life over time if you simply stick with it.

© 2007 Bring U to Life, Inc. For more information on how to create the life you desire, visit www.bringUtolife.com.

Maria Duval - The SGR Program Review

The SGR Program Review
What is The SGR program ? The SGR program is one of the most powerful and complete seft-help club in the word. Three teachers featured on The Secret - Bob Proctor,Michael Beckwith and Jack Canfield will teach you The Science of Getting Rich. In the SGR club program, you will not only get the knowledge and mental programming for unlimited wealth from the SGR Home study course, you will also get the opportunity to create wealth with the SGR Affiliate program. In the SGR program, you will get Law of Attraction with a 180 page workbook , this workbook and action planner help you further understand and implement the Law of Attraction as well as other Universal Laws. There are also providing 10 CD's with 15 hours of content so you can listen, while on the road. On the other hand, there is an MP3 player included with the CD content preloaded You will also have Weekly live training calls where you will be taught Bob Proctor's teachings. You also have an opportunity to discuss and mastermind with other like minded individuals On top of that, you can get access to the SGR Club Library & SGR Forums. The membership also includes a ticket to SGR Club regional seminars offered in various cities around the world. In this life enhancing, transforming seminar, you will learn the practical side of the Science of Getting Rich and how to create multi source of income. If you would like to join in SGR affiliate program, you have to sign up online. You can also sign up for Premium Affiliate System .once you sign up for Premium affiliate, you can instant access affiliate website with all the supporting tools to market online straight away. These include Internet marketing course, customizable website, auto-responders, sales copy, articles, news & etc. Premium Affiliate Membership comes with the leading Internet Marketing Course on how to build a successful online business for those who don't have a lot of internet marketing experience. In affiliate program, you can earn US$500 for every Tier one sale and US$250 for every Tier 2 sale. The cost price to join The SGR club of $1995 is a small price to pay for the amount of money the SGR program will help you earn. The SGR Club program has many positives and the mindset materials are worthwhile. If you would like to know more about the SGR program visit: The SGR Club Program review

Joel writes informative articles on various subjects including Review of SGR program. Read mora at The SGR Club Program

Law of Attraction Article: Manifestation Exercise # 1 - The Gratitude List
I guess it was about 10 years ago when I had hit one of the greatest “funks” in my lifetime. It was right after Thanksgiving. My husband had been let go from his job because of an untrue rumor someone had spread about him, and we lost a major Christmas bonus we had been counting on. My online business was doing poorly because people were saving their money for holiday purchases. We were behind in all of our bills, creditors were calling constantly and of coarse Christmas was on its way and we didn’t have an extra dollar to spend on it. My husband and I were taking the stress we were both going through out on each other, and the guilt we felt over our sons growing Christmas list made us feel even worse.

It was about this time that I came across the Gratitude List suggestion.

I had already been studying the Law of Attraction principles for quite some time, but hadn’t quite mastered it yet. I was still at a point where my current “reality” problems took up more of my thoughts than the new reality I wanted to focus on. I had learned, however, about synchronicity (the coincidences Universe or your higher self keeps bringing to you when it really wants you to notice something.)

In one weeks time I had come across the Gratitude list idea in three different places. In an online article, in a book I was reading and then I heard it on television.

Anyway I got the hint. Obviously, this was something I was supposed to do.

Like I said, this was a really bad time for me. So trying to focus on good things at this point was extremely difficult. But then I figured who am I to argue with what the Universe was clearly trying to tell me? I decided to follow some of the examples I had heard in the three places mentioned above; and regardless of my current circumstances at the time, tried to look for things to be grateful for.

It seemed tough at first. My negative thoughts kept trying to come through - but I was determined. I would find even the smallest things to be grateful for.

I found it to be much easier than I ever thought it could be.

While I can’t find my original list (I believe it was on my old computer) I do remember most of what I wrote those first couple of days.

Things I Am Grateful For:

I am grateful I am alive today to give this life thing another shot (that is still one of my favorites) I am grateful I am healthy and pain free I am grateful I have my freedom (I mean I could’ve been in jail or a hospital bed - so things weren’t that bad) I am grateful for my healthy family and friends. Even though I don’t have a lot of money right now- I am grateful I will spend the holidays with all of my friends and family. It was my favorite time of year. I am grateful that we live in a nice, safe, clean apartment. I am grateful we have enough money to eat today. I am grateful that while behind in my utilities, I still have my heat and electricity and cable today. I am grateful for my clean water to drink and shower with (think how many people in the world don’t have even those basic things) I am grateful for my pets who love me so much I am grateful for the funny emails my friends who care about me send to me. I am grateful for this computer to receive them on. I am grateful for the internet that brings me all the answers I want in less than 5 minutes time (remember how long it used to take just to try to find information before the internet?)

Anyway I came up with a bunch of other things in those first few days. I would spend my first 15 minutes of the morning with my cup of coffee typing out my list.

While at first I was just going through the motions I found I did feel a little better each morning after I was done. What was more surprising to me however, was the lasting effects it was having without my even being aware of it.

Around the third day, I remember waking up feeling “lighter“ somehow. Before I started my lists I had been waking every morning with a knot in my stomach and a feeling of dread about all of the things I was going to have to unwillingly deal with that day. By the third day however, I found myself waking feeling a little calmer. A little happier. A little bit more confident that I could deal with whatever came my way, even though none of my outside circumstances had changed yet.

Seeing as that I wasn’t doing anything different other than my grateful list I realized that it had to be the reason. This got me excited and I decided to really go to town on my list.

I started looking for even the smallest things to be grateful for.

The laugh I had the day before hearing a funny story. An unexpected gift from a neighbor. My mom’s chocolate chip cookies Decorating my apartment with my well loved holiday decorations that I kept in storage (and it didn’t cost me a cent). The wonderful cards arriving in the mail from my friends and family with pictures of their healthy growing children. The holiday decorations going up around the neighborhood making everything more festive.

Sure enough I found the more I did the list every day, the better I felt right after I did it as well as generally throughout the day. I also found myself taking note of little things to be grateful for all day long so I could add them to the next mornings list.

With Law of Attraction being what it is, sure enough my outside circumstances started to change as well. My husband found another job through an unexpected connection, we received a check from his old company from an account that we had forgotten he had, my mother surprised us by purchasing almost all of the items on my sons Christmas list as a gift to us and I found myself having one of the warmest Christmas’ I could ever remembering having. Simply because for the first time I truly appreciated all that I had.

If you want to attract wonderful things into your life, one of the fastest ways to do it is to start being grateful for what you have right now. And I don’t mean by just giving it lip service. I mean really feel the gratefulness as you write your list. Truly imagine what it would be like to not have so many of those things you take for granted in your life.

The Law of Attraction brings to you what you focus on, think about and the vibrational frequency you are working from. If you are spending your time thinking about all of the wonderful things you can be happy about - the universe will naturally respond to that vibration and bring you even more.

It is a simple 15 minute exercise that costs you nothing but can make an incredible difference in your entire life!
So start today! You have absolutely nothing to lose but everything to gain!

Happy Creating!

Janeen Clark is a Spiritual Life Coach who has been teaching, studying and applying the Law of Attraction for over 15 years. For more fun ways to make LOA work for you please visit her website at www.theveryhappyhuman.com

The Merlin Effect: Taking the Law of Attraction to the Next Level
Why are we drawn to or turn to the Law of Attraction? There’s something we want to change about our lives, right? There are processes we engage in to get the Law to work for us. Maybe we meditate, write or repeat affirmations, use or wear symbols … there are any number of ways we approach this.

One important ingredient in this recipe is out there and is one many of us miss or don’t pause long enough to fully grasp: our emotionally-charged focus is what pops enough energy into the field to manifest what we desire (or don’t desire) into our lives. What messes with many of us when we desire to have something is we’re told we have to feel what it’s like to already have it, focus on that feeling rather than on our perceived lack of it which locks lack of it into place.

This guidance is absolutely accurate; but what if even this is short of the mark?

I gave myself some obvious, specific clues about this, especially over the last several years; and though I did realize the most significant aspect about it, it’s only just recently that I feel I’m really getting it. I call it The Merlin Effect.

Some of these results took a year, some took minutes. The “some” are manifestations of people, events, and things in my life. The things are so obvious, I can’t miss the implications. I wished for more novels and found around 100 books on the table in the laundry room in my building’s basement. I wished for certain furniture items and either found them in the basement or others would say, “I have a (whatever it was I’d wished for). Do you know anyone I can give it to?” I could lengthen this list, but you get my point.

Yes, this is fun or amazing or whatever label you might choose to apply to it. But what I realized was it’s not the manifestations, it’s that I Manifested Them. Why not pay more attention to that than what was manifested?

These days, more of my focus is on strengthening my open connection to the manifesting consciousness within me and releasing limiting beliefs that still linger so I can expand more of my Merlin-like awareness. Many of us focus on getting more money or whatever into our lives. We do this primarily because our society says more or having certain things (even certain people in our lives) is our measuring stick of value, worth, and success. If you’re at all familiar with the story of the great wizard Merlin, it’s difficult to imagine him being concerned about storing up anything or worrying about what he has when he can continually manifest whatever he chooses. He knows his magic (energy) is infinite, available at all times, and within him.

When we consider quantum physics has revealed nothing but energy exists, that everything we experience as real is a holographic image we’ve created and sustain with our magnificent consciousness, this fact should give us pause about how we limit ourselves and how we choose to experience our manifestations. We created them for our own purpose of experiencing them. Shouldn’t we appreciate each as the miracle it is and dive into discovering what it offers to us? Everything we do is aimed at expanding who we are, our true nature, whether we realize it consciously or not. We might as well be conscious about it and make the most of each opportunity.

Do you want more money, love, success? Fine; but consider pursuing or manifesting anything from the perspective of being your own Merlin self. Be captivated with your abilities rather than the results.

A key thought that came to me: I engage my true nature to the degree I embrace it.

If you embrace your true nature as the consciousness in all things, how might you engage your life experiences differently?

Joyce Shafer is an author; article writer; life coach; and offers freelance critiquing, proofreading, editing, and rewriting services for writers. See her books at http://www.freewebs.com/joyceshafer. Learn more about her writing services and e-book for new writers at http://www.freewebs.com/editmybookandmore.

The Entity' Case Revisited
During 1974, several researchers working out of UCLA began to investigate one of the most famous and frightening Parapsychology cases ever documented. Often referred to as a violent or extreme haunting, �The Entity' investigation became famous after the 1981 release of a major film based on that case. Doctors Gaynor and Taff investigated the haunting under the auspices of Thelma Moss, a UCLA Parapsychologist. While the film highlighted the fact that the female victim of the alleged haunting was repeatedly and violently raped, it may have downplayed other events that might have provided an alternative explanation. The film relied largely on audience imagination to fill in the blanks as the victim was sexually assaulted and highlighted the fact that most people who heard her story tended to initially discount the tale of spirit rape. However, family members, friends and those who bothered to investigate the matter more fully often witnessed the attacks themselves. Some, like her son, were hit, beaten or suffered some degree of bodily harm. The movie seemed to focus on one entity, but the case was far more complicated then that. In real life, the victim described three entities. Two held her down and the third raped her. Black and blue marks all over her body were clear indications that she had been physically attacked and harmed. This is incredibly significant because it is almost unique in the history of the unexplained. Although there have been instances of everything from bite marks to words carved into flesh on the victims of other supernatural attacks, most of these incidents remain largely suspect when it comes to supernatural causes. 'The Entity' case had more then its fair share of credible witnesses to the rapes and beatings. Beyond the terrible sexual abuse itself, one event really brought home the uniqueness of this case. During one of their visits to the home of the victim, Gaynor, Taff and others actually saw the figure of a man appear out of thin air. Gaynor gave the following statement to OMNI Magazine in the 1990s: "We saw the head take shape and then the shoulders. The light extended down to the ground until it became a full humanoid figure of greenish-white light. Then it just vanished, almost as if somebody pulled the plug. It didn't fade away. It just vanished. Everybody was completely in awe and silent as we watched this happen." The appearance of the full-figured apparition always bothered me. It just wasn't something that had ever been successfully documented during a haunting before. That, along with the sexual attacks, just didn't fit into the normal �ghost' scenario. This wasn't an ethereal figure reenacting an event from their life or some misty spirit. It was a violent and powerful man who had full control over his victim. When asked why she thought it was a ghost that was raping her, the victim told researchers that the man just vanished after the attacks. Based on her descriptions of the perpetrator, he must have been very visible to the victim during the attacks. Hindsight is 20/20 and I am not going to be the one to second-guess the work of Gaynor and Taff. Even with a good working knowledge of all areas of the unexplained, it would have been hard to consider �The Entity� case anything more than a very unusual haunting. I'll be the first to admit that what happened in the 1970s would have probably leaded me to the same conclusion if I had been investigating the case at that time. It wasn't until years later that additional events came to my attention, which may provide another possible explanation for "The Entity' attacks. My first opportunity to speak with several people alleged to have been involved with U.S. Government time travel, mind control and invisibility experiments came in 1988. That first meeting lead to a more in-depth examination of those people in 1989. The 1989 session was videotaped, lasted a full day and included technical experts and specially invited parties from various backgrounds. That session provided enough information for me to establish an on-going investigation of The Philadelphia Experiment, Montauk Project and related events. Those continuing investigations lead to an incident that occurred in 2004. On February 12, 2004, a woman that I'll refer to as Virginia was joined by her husband and two friends to clean out a small room that existed on the second floor of their newly purchased retirement home in Maryland. The eighty-five year old house needed an interior facelift. With Contractor work set to begin shortly, the four had the task of removing items from a smaller room that was going to become part of a larger open area when everything was completed. As the small group of people prepared the items for removal, they suddenly felt sick to their stomachs. A green mist appeared in the room accompanied by the form of a man and the odor of over-heated circuitry. He looked like a sailor wearing a long out of date naval uniform. Before anyone could react, the sailor looked at the group and said, "2005. Watch out for 2005! They're playing with your future!" After that, the Sailor faded into the wall and the green mist quickly dissipated. All agreed later that they had heard his voice and everyone heard the same thing. They described the Sailor's voice as deep and full, but sounding a bit muffled. I believe the warning about 2005 may have referred to the unusually destructive hurricane season that may have been caused by government weather control experiments. While seeking additional funding for weather research and control, a military spokesperson told a congressional committee "The Air Force will own the weather in five years." The weather experiments have a direct connection to some of the technologies discovered and used during various incarnations of The Philadelphia Experiment. The appearance of the sailor within a green mist is eerily similar to the appearance of the full-figured apparition during �The Entity' investigation. Another connection is the alleged mental state of many of the sailors who took part in the original Philadelphia Experiment. A number of people who claim to have been involved with the 1940s Navy Project say that attempts to make Navy Vessels invisible lead to severe side effects among the survivors, including mental illness and insanity. And there's more. Some of the Sailors who survived the original Philadelphia Experiment had a bad habit of fading in and out of their physical environment. Two sailors floated out of the wall of a bar near the Philadelphia Naval Shipyard (according to an article in a local newspaper shortly after the incident).That event was witnessed by shipyard workers, naval personnel and others. A few weeks later, two sailors at the same bar got into a fight. The fight spilled out into the street. Once outside in the light, witnesses described the men involved in the scuffle as being transparent or translucent instead of solid figures made of flesh and bone. They were said to have been a part of the specifically chosen crew placed aboard the as yet to be commissioned battleship escort later know as the USS Eldridge for a sea trial of the P.E. technology. All this leads us to the inescapable fact that the most famous haunting case of all time might not have involved ghosts at all. It's entirely possible that Survivors of some known or unknown test of Philadelphia Experiment technology could have been the culprits behind �The Entity' sexual assaults. They may have been victims themselves. Who can say what people who have been exposed to a bizarre technology that leaves them insane, mentally unbalanced and in some horrible ethereal limbo might do? Anyone investigating the Philadelphia Experiment, Montauk Project and related events knows that you're always at a disadvantage. That's because time is linear and there is no specific database to draw from when it comes to understanding or investigating time travel. If I enter a time machine, travel to three different times in one day and do all sorts of crazy things, no connection to those individual events may actually be made until enough time has passed. As I already pointed out, it took the 1988 and 2004 incidents for me to make any possible connection between �The Entity' case and The Philadelphia Experiment. It was only after researching those events that I found a way to better understand what might have happened in 1974 during the alleged haunting. Sadly, the victim of the 1970s �Entity' attacks has long since disappeared. With a possible connection to the most secret of all government projects, one now wonders whether that disappearance was actually voluntary. Either way, it's unlikely she'll be seen again and that means no additional investigative work can be performed on that case in a meaningful way. However, based on my research into the *Philadelphia Experiment, Montauk Project and related events, I am certain that we haven't seen the last of people appearing in green mists and saying or doing incredible, amazing and possibly criminal things. *You can read more about my research in the Philadelphia Experiment, Montauk Project and related events at http://www.ufoguy.com

Author: Bill Knell Author's Email: billknell@cox.net Author's Website: http://www.billknell.com Word count : Approx 1500 Terms To Use Article: Permission is granted to use this article for free online or in print. Please add a link to or print my website address of http://www.billknell.com A native New Yorker now living in Arizona, Bill Knell is a forty-something guy with a wealth of knowledge and experience. He's written hundreds of articles offer advice on a wide variety of subjects. A popular Speaker, Bill Knell presents seminars on a number of topics that entertain, train and teach. A popular radio and television show Guest, you've heard Bill on thousands of top-rated shows in all formats and seen him on local, national and international television programs.

Spiritual Tourism is a Real Crowd-Puller to India
Spiritual Tourism is a real crowd-puller to India! India and other culturally rich countries are fast finding out the importance of their spiritual traditions and beliefs in context of tourism; though, India has always been looked upon as the universal truth-finder's path and a land of inherent spirituality. This view has been reinforced by the many overseas tourists to the country who return with memories of individual sanctification and weary souls rejuvenated after having stepped on the many legendary Indian worship sites and pilgrimage centers. How the Celeb-factor has turned around the fate of Spiritual tourism: word of mouth and great publicity! The global gypsy feet owner with a penchant for finding again the reassurance of religious feelings and those on spirituality scouting for inner peace find India the ideal Yog-bhoomi (land of yogic science). Many celebrities have found the ancient wisdom of Indian spirituality personally rejuvenating and have made it world-famous by giving it publicity and international exposure in action, dressing-style, using Indian meditation and other forms of spiritual peace that is predominantly Indian; some of these youth icons include Madonna, Bruce Springsteen, Sting and Meg Ryan. Indian counterparts like Shiv Khera, Swami Ramdev, Deepak Chopra and other motivating speakers and preachers of spirituality helped in building a brand image of India as a delight for spiritual tourism seekers with their inspirational discourses, seminars, public appearances and other related promotional and educational efforts for reviving interest in Indian spiritual tourisms. A tryst with spiritual tourism in India proves to be a balm to the global traveler's soul. India's innumerable saints and seers, success at peaceful attainment at enlightenment and strong emphasis on cultural diversity in various religious monuments such as Temples, Mosques, Monasteries etc having all received benevolent patronage has resulted in many places of worship being present for curious visitors from the tourism sector. Now, thanks to proper management and eco-tourism factors, this sector of spiritual tourism has gained more recognition.

Manoj Gursahani is the Chairman of India's first ecommerce travel portal- TravelMartIndia. Visit the blog for more travel related issues, travel tips and destinations